ZyXEL Communications NBG334SH 802.11 G Wireless Router / Firewall User Manual

ZyXEL Communications Corporation 802.11 G Wireless Router / Firewall

user manual

Download: ZyXEL Communications NBG334SH 802.11 G Wireless Router / Firewall User Manual
Mirror Download [FCC.gov]ZyXEL Communications NBG334SH 802.11 G Wireless Router / Firewall User Manual
Document ID749078
Application IDDPgBhNsAqDhi6k5T4A8SXA==
Document Descriptionuser manual
Short Term ConfidentialNo
Permanent ConfidentialNo
SupercedeNo
Document TypeUser Manual
Display FormatAdobe Acrobat PDF - pdf
Filesize164.12kB (2051535 bits)
Date Submitted2007-01-22 00:00:00
Date Available2007-01-25 00:00:00
Creation Date2007-01-19 14:47:06
Producing SoftwareAcrobat Distiller 5.0.5 (Windows)
Document Lastmod2007-01-19 14:47:06
Document Titleuser manual

NBG-334SH
802.11g Super G High Power Wireless Router
User’s Guide
Version 3.60
01/2007
Edition 1
www.zyxel.com
About This User's Guide
About This User's Guide
Intended Audience
This manual is intended for people who want to configure the ZyXEL Device using the web
configurator. You should have at least a basic knowledge of TCP/IP networking concepts and
topology.
Related Documentation
• Quick Start Guide
The Quick Start Guide is designed to help you get up and running right away. It contains
information on setting up your network and configuring for Internet access.
• Web Configurator Online Help
Embedded web help for descriptions of individual screens and supplementary
information.
It is recommended you use the web configurator to configure the ZyXEL
Device.
• Supporting Disk
Refer to the included CD for support documents.
• ZyXEL Web Site
Please refer to www.zyxel.com for additional support documentation and product
certifications.
User Guide Feedback
Help us help you. Send all User Guide-related comments, questions or suggestions for
improvement to the following address, or use e-mail instead. Thank you!
The Technical Writing Team,
ZyXEL Communications Corp.,
6 Innovation Road II,
Science-Based Industrial Park,
Hsinchu, 300, Taiwan.
E-mail: techwriters@zyxel.com.tw
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Document Conventions
Document Conventions
Warnings and Notes
These are how warnings and notes are shown in this User’s Guide.
Warnings tell you about things that could harm you or your device.
Notes tell you other important information (for example, other things you may
need to configure or helpful tips) or recommendations.
Syntax Conventions
• The NBG-334SH may be referred to as the “ZyXEL Device”, the “device”, the “product”
or the “system” in this User’s Guide.
• Product labels, screen names, field labels and field choices are all in bold font.
• A key stroke is denoted by square brackets and uppercase text, for example, [ENTER]
means the “enter” or “return” key on your keyboard.
• “Enter” means for you to type one or more characters and then press the [ENTER] key.
“Select” or “choose” means for you to use one of the predefined choices.
• A right angle bracket ( > ) within a screen name denotes a mouse click. For example,
Maintenance > Log > Log Setting means you first click Maintenance in the navigation
panel, then the Log sub menu and finally the Log Setting tab to get to that screen.
• Units of measurement may denote the “metric” value or the “scientific” value. For
example, “k” for kilo may denote “1000” or “1024”, “M” for mega may denote “1000000”
or “1048576” and so on.
• “e.g.,” is a shorthand for “for instance”, and “i.e.,” means “that is” or “in other words”.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Document Conventions
Icons Used in Figures
Figures in this User’s Guide may use the following generic icons. The ZyXEL Device icon is
not an exact representation of your device.
ZyXEL Device
Computer
Notebook computer
Server
DSLAM
Firewall
Telephone
Switch
Router
Modem
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Safety Warnings
Safety Warnings
For your safety, be sure to read and follow all warning notices and instructions.
• Do NOT use this product near water, for example, in a wet basement or near a swimming
pool.
• Do NOT expose your device to dampness, dust or corrosive liquids.
• Do NOT store things on the device.
• Do NOT install, use, or service this device during a thunderstorm. There is a remote risk
of electric shock from lightning.
• Connect ONLY suitable accessories to the device.
• Do NOT open the device or unit. Opening or removing covers can expose you to
dangerous high voltage points or other risks. ONLY qualified service personnel should
service or disassemble this device. Please contact your vendor for further information.
• Make sure to connect the cables to the correct ports.
• Place connecting cables carefully so that no one will step on them or stumble over them.
• Always disconnect all cables from this device before servicing or disassembling.
• Use ONLY an appropriate power adaptor or cord for your device.
• Connect the power adaptor or cord to the right supply voltage (for example, 110V AC in
North America or 230V AC in Europe).
• Do NOT allow anything to rest on the power adaptor or cord and do NOT place the
product where anyone can walk on the power adaptor or cord.
• Do NOT use the device if the power adaptor or cord is damaged as it might cause
electrocution.
• If the power adaptor or cord is damaged, remove it from the power outlet.
• Do NOT attempt to repair the power adaptor or cord. Contact your local vendor to order a
new one.
• Do not use the device outside, and make sure all the connections are indoors. There is a
remote risk of electric shock from lightning.
• Do NOT obstruct the device ventilation slots, as insufficient airflow may harm your
device.
• Antenna Warning! This device meets ETSI and FCC certification requirements when
using the included antenna(s). Only use the included antenna(s).
• If you wall mount your device, make sure that no electrical lines, gas or water pipes will
be damaged.
This product is recyclable. Dispose of it properly.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Safety Warnings
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Safety Warnings
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Contents Overview
Contents Overview
Introduction ............................................................................................................................ 27
Getting to Know Your ZyXEL Device ......................................................................................... 29
Wireless Tutorial ........................................................................................................................ 33
Introducing the Web Configurator .............................................................................................. 41
Wizard ..................................................................................................................................... 53
Connection Wizard .................................................................................................................... 55
Advanced ................................................................................................................................ 71
Wireless LAN ............................................................................................................................. 73
WAN .......................................................................................................................................... 89
LAN ............................................................................................................................................ 99
DHCP Server ........................................................................................................................... 105
Network Address Translation (NAT) ........................................................................................ 109
Dynamic DNS ...........................................................................................................................119
Firewall .................................................................................................................................... 121
Content Filtering ...................................................................................................................... 127
Static Route Screens ............................................................................................................... 133
Bandwidth Management .......................................................................................................... 137
Remote Management Screens ................................................................................................ 149
Universal Plug-and-Play (UPnP) ............................................................................................. 155
Maintenance and Troubleshooting ..................................................................................... 167
System ..................................................................................................................................... 169
Logs ......................................................................................................................................... 173
Tools ........................................................................................................................................ 187
Configuration Mode ................................................................................................................. 193
Troubleshooting ....................................................................................................................... 195
Appendices and Index ......................................................................................................... 201
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Contents Overview
10
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
About This User's Guide .......................................................................................................... 3
Document Conventions............................................................................................................ 4
Safety Warnings........................................................................................................................ 6
Contents Overview ................................................................................................................... 9
Table of Contents.................................................................................................................... 11
List of Figures ......................................................................................................................... 19
List of Tables........................................................................................................................... 23
Part I: Introduction................................................................................. 27
Chapter 1
Getting to Know Your ZyXEL Device .................................................................................... 29
1.1 ZyXEL Device Overview ...................................................................................................... 29
1.2 Applications for the ZyXEL Device ...................................................................................... 29
1.2.1 Secure Broadband Internet Access ........................................................................... 29
1.3 Ways to Manage the ZyXEL Device .................................................................................... 30
1.4 Good Habits for Managing the ZyXEL Device ..................................................................... 30
1.5 LEDs .................................................................................................................................... 31
Chapter 2
Wireless Tutorial ..................................................................................................................... 33
2.1 Example Parameters ........................................................................................................... 33
2.2 Configuring the AP .............................................................................................................. 33
2.3 Configuring the Wireless Client ........................................................................................... 35
2.3.1 Connecting to a Wireless LAN ................................................................................... 36
2.3.2 Creating and Using a Profile ...................................................................................... 38
Chapter 3
Introducing the Web Configurator ........................................................................................ 41
3.1 Web Configurator Overview ................................................................................................. 41
3.2 Accessing the Web Configurator ......................................................................................... 41
3.3 Resetting the ZyXEL Device ................................................................................................ 43
3.3.1 Procedure to Use the Reset Button ........................................................................... 43
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
11
Table of Contents
3.4 Navigating the Web Configurator
...................................................................................... 43
3.4.1 The Status Screen ..................................................................................................... 43
3.4.2 Navigation Panel ........................................................................................................ 46
3.5 Summary: Any IP Table ....................................................................................................... 48
3.5.1 Summary: Bandwidth Management Monitor
3.5.2 Summary: DHCP Table
........................................................... 48
........................................................................................... 49
3.5.3 Summary: Packet Statistics
..................................................................................... 50
3.5.4 Summary: Wireless Station Status
......................................................................... 50
Part II: Wizard ......................................................................................... 53
Chapter 4
Connection Wizard ................................................................................................................. 55
4.1 Wizard Setup ....................................................................................................................... 55
4.2 Connection Wizard: STEP 1: System Information ............................................................... 56
4.2.1 System Name ............................................................................................................. 56
4.2.2 Domain Name ............................................................................................................ 57
4.3 Connection Wizard: STEP 2: Wireless LAN ........................................................................ 57
4.3.1 Basic (WEP) Security ................................................................................................. 59
4.3.2 Extend (WPA-PSK or WPA2-PSK) Security ............................................................... 60
4.4 Connection Wizard: STEP 3: Internet Configuration ........................................................... 60
4.4.1 Ethernet Connection .................................................................................................. 61
4.4.2 PPPoE Connection .................................................................................................... 61
4.4.3 PPTP Connection ....................................................................................................... 62
4.4.4 Your IP Address ......................................................................................................... 64
4.4.5 WAN IP Address Assignment ..................................................................................... 64
4.4.6 IP Address and Subnet Mask ..................................................................................... 65
4.4.7 DNS Server Address Assignment .............................................................................. 65
4.4.8 WAN IP and DNS Server Address Assignment ......................................................... 66
4.4.9 WAN MAC Address .................................................................................................... 67
4.5 Connection Wizard: STEP 4: Bandwidth management ....................................................... 68
4.6 Connection Wizard Complete .............................................................................................. 68
Part III: Advanced................................................................................... 71
Chapter 5
Wireless LAN........................................................................................................................... 73
5.1 Wireless Network Overview ................................................................................................. 73
5.2 Wireless Security Overview ................................................................................................. 74
5.2.1 SSID ........................................................................................................................... 74
12
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Table of Contents
5.2.2 MAC Address Filter .................................................................................................... 74
5.2.3 User Authentication .................................................................................................... 74
5.2.4 Encryption .................................................................................................................. 75
5.3 Quality of Service ................................................................................................................ 76
5.3.1 WMM QoS .................................................................................................................. 76
5.4 General Wireless LAN Screen
........................................................................................ 77
5.4.1 No Security ................................................................................................................. 78
5.4.2 WEP Encryption ......................................................................................................... 78
5.4.3 WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK ................................................................................................ 80
5.4.4 WPA/WPA2 ................................................................................................................ 81
5.5 MAC Filter ............................................................................................................................ 83
5.6 Wireless LAN Advanced Screen ......................................................................................... 84
5.7 Quality of Service (QoS) Screen ......................................................................................... 85
5.7.1 Application Priority Configuration ............................................................................... 87
Chapter 6
WAN.......................................................................................................................................... 89
6.1 WAN Overview .................................................................................................................... 89
6.2 WAN MAC Address ............................................................................................................. 89
6.3 Multicast .............................................................................................................................. 89
6.4 Internet Connection ............................................................................................................. 90
6.4.1 Ethernet Encapsulation .............................................................................................. 90
6.4.2 PPPoE Encapsulation ................................................................................................ 92
6.4.3 PPTP Encapsulation .................................................................................................. 94
6.5 Advanced WAN Screen ....................................................................................................... 97
Chapter 7
LAN........................................................................................................................................... 99
7.1 LAN Overview ...................................................................................................................... 99
7.1.1 IP Pool Setup ............................................................................................................. 99
7.1.2 System DNS Servers ................................................................................................. 99
7.2 LAN TCP/IP ......................................................................................................................... 99
7.2.1 Factory LAN Defaults ................................................................................................. 99
7.2.2 IP Address and Subnet Mask ................................................................................... 100
7.2.3 Multicast ................................................................................................................... 100
7.2.4 Any IP ....................................................................................................................... 100
7.3 LAN IP Screen ................................................................................................................... 102
7.4 LAN IP Alias ..................................................................................................................... 102
7.5 Advanced LAN Screen ...................................................................................................... 103
Chapter 8
DHCP Server.......................................................................................................................... 105
8.1 DHCP ................................................................................................................................ 105
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
13
Table of Contents
8.2 DHCP Server General Screen ........................................................................................... 105
8.3 DHCP Server Advanced Screen
.................................................................................... 106
8.4 Client List Screen .............................................................................................................. 107
Chapter 9
Network Address Translation (NAT).................................................................................... 109
9.1 NAT Overview
................................................................................................................. 109
9.2 Using NAT .......................................................................................................................... 109
9.2.1 Port Forwarding: Services and Port Numbers .......................................................... 109
9.2.2 Configuring Servers Behind Port Forwarding Example .............................................110
9.3 General NAT Screen ...........................................................................................................110
9.4 NAT Application Screen ....................................................................................................111
9.4.1 Game List Example ...................................................................................................113
9.5 Trigger Port Forwarding .....................................................................................................114
9.5.1 Trigger Port Forwarding Example .............................................................................114
9.5.2 Two Points To Remember About Trigger Ports .........................................................115
9.6 NAT Advanced Screen .......................................................................................................115
Chapter 10
Dynamic DNS ........................................................................................................................ 119
10.1 Dynamic DNS Introduction ..............................................................................................119
10.1.1 DynDNS Wildcard ...................................................................................................119
10.2 Dynamic DNS Screen .....................................................................................................119
Chapter 11
Firewall................................................................................................................................... 121
11.1 Introduction to ZyXEL’s Firewall ..................................................................................... 121
11.1.1 What is a Firewall? ................................................................................................. 121
11.1.2 Stateful Inspection Firewall ..................................................................................... 121
11.1.3 About the ZyXEL Device Firewall ........................................................................... 121
11.1.4 Guidelines For Enhancing Security With Your Firewall .......................................... 122
11.2 Triangle Routes ................................................................................................................ 122
11.2.1 Triangle Routes and IP Alias .................................................................................. 122
11.3 General Firewall Screen
............................................................................................... 123
11.4 Services Screen .............................................................................................................. 124
Chapter 12
Content Filtering ................................................................................................................... 127
12.1 Introduction to Content Filtering ...................................................................................... 127
12.2 Restrict Web Features ..................................................................................................... 127
12.3 Days and Times ............................................................................................................... 127
12.4 Filter Screen .................................................................................................................... 127
12.5 Schedule .......................................................................................................................... 129
14
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Table of Contents
12.6 Customizing Keyword Blocking URL Checking ............................................................... 130
12.6.1 Domain Name or IP Address URL Checking ......................................................... 130
12.6.2 Full Path URL Checking ......................................................................................... 130
12.6.3 File Name URL Checking ....................................................................................... 130
Chapter 13
Static Route Screens ............................................................................................................ 133
13.1 Static Route Overview ..................................................................................................... 133
13.2 IP Static Route Screen .................................................................................................... 133
13.2.1 Static Route Setup Screen ................................................................................... 134
Chapter 14
Bandwidth Management....................................................................................................... 137
14.1 Bandwidth Management Overview ................................................................................. 137
14.2 Application-based Bandwidth Management .................................................................... 137
14.3 Subnet-based Bandwidth Management .......................................................................... 137
14.4 Application and Subnet-based Bandwidth Management ................................................. 138
14.5 Bandwidth Management Priorities ................................................................................... 138
14.6 Predefined Bandwidth Management Services ................................................................. 139
14.6.1 Services and Port Numbers ................................................................................... 140
14.7 Default Bandwidth Management Classes and Priorities .................................................. 142
14.8 Bandwidth Management General Configuration ............................................................. 142
14.9 Bandwidth Management Advanced Configuration .......................................................... 143
14.9.1 Rule Configuration with the Pre-defined Service
................................................ 144
14.9.2 Rule Configuration with the User-defined Service
.............................................. 145
14.10 Bandwidth Management Monitor
................................................................................ 146
Chapter 15
Remote Management Screens............................................................................................. 149
15.1 Remote Management Overview ...................................................................................... 149
15.1.1 Remote Management Limitations .......................................................................... 150
15.1.2 Remote Management and NAT .............................................................................. 150
15.1.3 System Timeout .................................................................................................... 150
15.2 WWW Screen
............................................................................................................... 150
15.3 Telnet ............................................................................................................................... 151
15.4 Telnet Screen ................................................................................................................... 151
15.5 FTP Screen ..................................................................................................................... 152
15.6 DNS Screen
.................................................................................................................. 153
Chapter 16
Universal Plug-and-Play (UPnP).......................................................................................... 155
16.1 Introducing Universal Plug and Play ............................................................................... 155
16.1.1 How do I know if I'm using UPnP? ......................................................................... 155
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
15
Table of Contents
16.1.2 NAT Traversal ........................................................................................................ 155
16.1.3 Cautions with UPnP ............................................................................................... 155
16.2 UPnP and ZyXEL ............................................................................................................ 156
16.3 UPnP Screen ................................................................................................................... 156
16.4 Installing UPnP in Windows Example .............................................................................. 157
Part IV: Maintenance and Troubleshooting ....................................... 167
Chapter 17
System ................................................................................................................................... 169
17.1 System Overview ............................................................................................................. 169
17.2 System General Screen
................................................................................................ 169
17.3 Time Setting Screen ........................................................................................................ 170
Chapter 18
Logs ....................................................................................................................................... 173
18.1 View Log ......................................................................................................................... 173
18.2 Log Settings ..................................................................................................................... 174
18.3 Log Descriptions .............................................................................................................. 177
Chapter 19
Tools....................................................................................................................................... 187
19.1 Firmware Upload Screen ................................................................................................. 187
19.2 Configuration Screen ....................................................................................................... 188
19.2.1 Backup Configuration ............................................................................................. 189
19.2.2 Restore Configuration ............................................................................................ 189
19.2.3 Back to Factory Defaults ........................................................................................ 190
19.3 Restart Screen ................................................................................................................. 190
Chapter 20
Configuration Mode .............................................................................................................. 193
Chapter 21
Troubleshooting.................................................................................................................... 195
21.1 Power, Hardware Connections, and LEDs ...................................................................... 195
21.2 ZyXEL Device Access and Login .................................................................................... 196
21.3 Internet Access ................................................................................................................ 197
21.4 Resetting the ZyXEL Device to Its Factory Defaults ........................................................ 199
21.5 Advanced Features ......................................................................................................... 199
Part V: Appendices and Index ............................................................ 201
16
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Table of Contents
Appendix A Product Specifications....................................................................................... 203
Appendix B Pop-up Windows, JavaScripts and Java Permissions ...................................... 207
Appendix C IP Addresses and Subnetting ........................................................................... 213
Appendix D Wall-mounting Instructions................................................................................ 221
Appendix E Setting up Your Computer’s IP Address............................................................ 223
21.5.1 Verifying Settings ................................................................................................... 238
Appendix F Wireless LANs................................................................................................... 239
21.5.2 WPA(2)-PSK Application Example ......................................................................... 248
21.5.3 WPA(2) with RADIUS Application Example ........................................................... 248
Appendix G Command Interpreter ....................................................................................... 251
Appendix H NetBIOS Filter Commands ............................................................................... 255
Appendix I Services.............................................................................................................. 257
Appendix J Internal SPTGEN ............................................................................................... 261
Appendix K Legal Information .............................................................................................. 277
Appendix L Customer Support ............................................................................................. 281
Index....................................................................................................................................... 285
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
17
Table of Contents
18
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
List of Figures
List of Figures
Figure 1 Secure Internet Access via Cable, DSL or Wireless Modem ................................................... 30
Figure 2 WLAN Application Example ..................................................................................................... 30
Figure 3 Front Panel ............................................................................................................................... 31
Figure 4 AP: Wireless LAN > General .................................................................................................... 34
Figure 5 AP: Status ................................................................................................................................. 35
Figure 6 AP: Status: WLAN Station Status ............................................................................................. 35
Figure 7 ZyXEL Utility: Security Settings ............................................................................................... 37
Figure 8 ZyXEL Utility: Confirm Save ..................................................................................................... 37
Figure 9 ZyXEL Utility: Link Info ............................................................................................................ 37
Figure 10 ZyXEL Utility: Profile ............................................................................................................... 38
Figure 11 ZyXEL Utility: Add New Profile ............................................................................................... 38
Figure 12 ZyXEL Utility: Profile Security ................................................................................................. 39
Figure 13 ZyXEL Utility: Profile Encryption ............................................................................................. 39
Figure 14 Profile: Wireless Protocol Settings. ........................................................................................ 39
Figure 15 Profile: Confirm Save ............................................................................................................. 40
Figure 16 Profile: Activate ...................................................................................................................... 40
Figure 17 Change Password Screen ...................................................................................................... 42
Figure 18 Web Configurator Status Screen ........................................................................................... 44
Figure 19 Any IP Table ........................................................................................................................... 48
Figure 20 Summary: BW MGMT Monitor ............................................................................................... 49
Figure 21 Summary: DHCP Table .......................................................................................................... 49
Figure 22 Summary: Packet Statistics .................................................................................................. 50
Figure 23 Summary: Wireless Association List ...................................................................................... 51
Figure 24 Select Wizard or Advanced Mode .......................................................................................... 55
Figure 25 Select a Language ................................................................................................................. 56
Figure 26 Welcome to the Connection Wizard ....................................................................................... 56
Figure 27 Wizard Step 1: System Information ........................................................................................ 57
Figure 28 Wizard Step 2: Wireless LAN ................................................................................................. 58
Figure 29 Wizard Step 2: Basic (WEP) Security ..................................................................................... 59
Figure 30 Wizard Step 2: Extend (WPA-PSK or WPA2-PSK) Security ................................................... 60
Figure 31 Wizard Step 3: ISP Parameters. ............................................................................................. 61
Figure 32 Wizard Step 3: Ethernet Connection ...................................................................................... 61
Figure 33 Wizard Step 3: PPPoE Connection ........................................................................................ 62
Figure 34 Wizard Step 3: PPTP Connection .......................................................................................... 63
Figure 35 Wizard Step 3: Your IP Address ............................................................................................. 64
Figure 36 Wizard Step 3: WAN IP and DNS Server Addresses ............................................................. 66
Figure 37 Wizard Step 3: WAN MAC Address ........................................................................................ 67
Figure 38 Wizard Step 4: Bandwidth Management ............................................................................... 68
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
19
List of Figures
Figure 39 Connection Wizard Save ....................................................................................................... 69
Figure 40 Connection Wizard Complete ................................................................................................. 69
Figure 41 Example of a Wireless Network ............................................................................................. 73
Figure 42 Wireless General ................................................................................................................... 77
Figure 43 Wireless: No Security ............................................................................................................. 78
Figure 44 Wireless: Static WEP Encryption ............................................................................................ 79
Figure 45 Wireless: WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK ............................................................................................ 80
Figure 46 Wireless: WPA/WPA2 ............................................................................................................. 81
Figure 47 MAC Address Filter ................................................................................................................ 83
Figure 48 Wireless LAN Advanced ......................................................................................................... 84
Figure 49 Wireless LAN QoS ................................................................................................................ 86
Figure 50 Application Priority Configuration ........................................................................................... 87
Figure 51 Ethernet Encapsulation .......................................................................................................... 90
Figure 52 PPPoE Encapsulation ............................................................................................................ 93
Figure 53 PPTP Encapsulation ............................................................................................................... 95
Figure 54 WAN > Advanced ................................................................................................................... 97
Figure 55 Any IP Example .................................................................................................................... 101
Figure 56 LAN IP .................................................................................................................................. 102
Figure 57 LAN IP Alias ......................................................................................................................... 103
Figure 58 Advanced LAN ..................................................................................................................... 104
Figure 59 DHCP Server General .......................................................................................................... 105
Figure 60 DHCP Server Advanced ....................................................................................................... 106
Figure 61 Client List .............................................................................................................................. 107
Figure 62 Multiple Servers Behind NAT Example .................................................................................110
Figure 63 NAT General ..........................................................................................................................110
Figure 64 NAT Application .....................................................................................................................112
Figure 65 Game List Example ...............................................................................................................114
Figure 66 Trigger Port Forwarding Process: Example ...........................................................................115
Figure 67 NAT Advanced ......................................................................................................................116
Figure 68 Dynamic DNS ....................................................................................................................... 120
Figure 69 Using IP Alias to Solve the Triangle Route Problem ............................................................ 123
Figure 70 General ................................................................................................................................. 123
Figure 71 Firewall Services .................................................................................................................. 125
Figure 72 Content Filter: Filter .............................................................................................................. 128
Figure 73 Content Filter: Schedule ....................................................................................................... 129
Figure 74 Example of Static Routing Topology ..................................................................................... 133
Figure 75 IP Static Route ...................................................................................................................... 134
Figure 76 Static Route Setup ................................................................................................................ 135
Figure 77 Subnet-based Bandwidth Management Example ................................................................ 138
Figure 78 Bandwidth Management: General ........................................................................................ 142
Figure 79 Bandwidth Management: Advanced ..................................................................................... 143
Figure 80 Bandwidth Management Rule Configuration: Pre-defined Service ...................................... 145
Figure 81 Bandwidth Management Rule Configuration: User-defined Service .................................... 146
20
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
List of Figures
Figure 82 Bandwidth Management: Monitor ......................................................................................... 147
Figure 83 WWW Remote Management ................................................................................................ 150
Figure 84 Telnet Configuration on a TCP/IP Network ........................................................................... 151
Figure 85 Telnet Remote Management ................................................................................................ 152
Figure 86 FTP Remote Management ................................................................................................... 152
Figure 87 DNS Remote Management .................................................................................................. 153
Figure 88 Configuring UPnP ................................................................................................................. 156
Figure 89 Add/Remove Programs: Windows Setup: Communication .................................................. 157
Figure 90 Add/Remove Programs: Windows Setup: Communication: Components ............................ 158
Figure 91 Network Connections ........................................................................................................... 158
Figure 92 Windows Optional Networking Components Wizard ............................................................ 159
Figure 93 Networking Services ............................................................................................................. 159
Figure 94 Network Connections ........................................................................................................... 160
Figure 95 Internet Connection Properties ............................................................................................ 161
Figure 96 Internet Connection Properties: Advanced Settings ............................................................. 162
Figure 97 Internet Connection Properties: Advanced Settings: Add .................................................... 162
Figure 98 System Tray Icon .................................................................................................................. 163
Figure 99 Internet Connection Status ................................................................................................... 163
Figure 100 Network Connections ......................................................................................................... 164
Figure 101 Network Connections: My Network Places ........................................................................ 165
Figure 102 Network Connections: My Network Places: Properties: Example ...................................... 165
Figure 103 System General ................................................................................................................. 169
Figure 104 Time Setting ....................................................................................................................... 171
Figure 105 View Log ............................................................................................................................. 173
Figure 106 Log Settings ....................................................................................................................... 175
Figure 107 Maintenance Firmware Upload .......................................................................................... 187
Figure 108 Upload Warning .................................................................................................................. 188
Figure 109 Network Temporarily Disconnected .................................................................................... 188
Figure 110 Upload Error Message ........................................................................................................ 188
Figure 111 Configuration ....................................................................................................................... 189
Figure 112 Configuration Restore Successful ...................................................................................... 190
Figure 113 Temporarily Disconnected .................................................................................................. 190
Figure 114 Configuration Restore Error ................................................................................................ 190
Figure 115 System Restart ................................................................................................................... 191
Figure 116 Config Mode ....................................................................................................................... 193
Figure 117 Pop-up Blocker ................................................................................................................... 207
Figure 118 Internet Options: Privacy .................................................................................................... 208
Figure 119 Internet Options: Privacy .................................................................................................... 209
Figure 120 Pop-up Blocker Settings ..................................................................................................... 209
Figure 121 Internet Options: Security ................................................................................................... 210
Figure 122 Security Settings - Java Scripting ........................................................................................211
Figure 123 Security Settings - Java .......................................................................................................211
Figure 124 Java (Sun) .......................................................................................................................... 212
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
21
List of Figures
Figure 125 Network Number and Host ID ............................................................................................ 214
Figure 126 Subnetting Example: Before Subnetting ............................................................................ 216
Figure 127 Subnetting Example: After Subnetting ............................................................................... 217
Figure 128 Wall-mounting Example ...................................................................................................... 221
Figure 129 WIndows 95/98/Me: Network: Configuration ...................................................................... 224
Figure 130 Windows 95/98/Me: TCP/IP Properties: IP Address .......................................................... 225
Figure 131 Windows 95/98/Me: TCP/IP Properties: DNS Configuration .............................................. 226
Figure 132 Windows XP: Start Menu .................................................................................................... 227
Figure 133 Windows XP: Control Panel ............................................................................................... 227
Figure 134 Windows XP: Control Panel: Network Connections: Properties ......................................... 228
Figure 135 Windows XP: Local Area Connection Properties ............................................................... 228
Figure 136 Windows XP: Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties .......................................................... 229
Figure 137 Windows XP: Advanced TCP/IP Properties ....................................................................... 230
Figure 138 Windows XP: Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties .......................................................... 231
Figure 139 Macintosh OS 8/9: Apple Menu .......................................................................................... 232
Figure 140 Macintosh OS 8/9: TCP/IP ................................................................................................. 232
Figure 141 Macintosh OS X: Apple Menu ............................................................................................ 233
Figure 142 Macintosh OS X: Network .................................................................................................. 234
Figure 143 Red Hat 9.0: KDE: Network Configuration: Devices ......................................................... 235
Figure 144 Red Hat 9.0: KDE: Ethernet Device: General
.................................................................. 236
Figure 145 Red Hat 9.0: KDE: Network Configuration: DNS ............................................................... 236
Figure 146 Red Hat 9.0: KDE: Network Configuration: Activate
........................................................ 237
Figure 147 Red Hat 9.0: Dynamic IP Address Setting in ifconfig-eth0 ............................................... 237
Figure 148 Red Hat 9.0: Static IP Address Setting in ifconfig-eth0
Figure 149 Red Hat 9.0: DNS Settings in resolv.conf
Figure 150 Red Hat 9.0: Restart Ethernet Card
................................................... 237
........................................................................ 238
................................................................................. 238
Figure 151 Red Hat 9.0: Checking TCP/IP Properties
....................................................................... 238
Figure 152 Peer-to-Peer Communication in an Ad-hoc Network ......................................................... 239
Figure 153 Basic Service Set ............................................................................................................... 240
Figure 154 Infrastructure WLAN ........................................................................................................... 241
Figure 155 RTS/CTS ........................................................................................................................... 242
Figure 156 WPA(2)-PSK Authentication ............................................................................................... 248
Figure 157 Displaying Log Categories Example .................................................................................. 252
Figure 158 Displaying Log Parameters Example ................................................................................. 252
Figure 159 Configuration Text File Format: Column Descriptions ........................................................ 261
Figure 160 Invalid Parameter Entered: Command Line Example ........................................................ 262
Figure 161 Valid Parameter Entered: Command Line Example ........................................................... 262
Figure 162 Internal SPTGEN FTP Download Example ....................................................................... 263
Figure 163 Internal SPTGEN FTP Upload Example ............................................................................ 263
22
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
List of Tables
List of Tables
Table 1 Front Panel LEDs ...................................................................................................................... 31
Table 2 Status Screen Icon Key ............................................................................................................. 44
Table 3 Web Configurator Status Screen
........................................................................................... 45
Table 4 Screens Summary .................................................................................................................... 46
Table 5 Summary: DHCP Table ............................................................................................................. 49
Table 6 Summary: Packet Statistics ...................................................................................................... 50
Table 7 Summary: Wireless Association List ......................................................................................... 51
Table 8 Wizard Step 1: System Information ........................................................................................... 57
Table 9 Wizard Step 2: Wireless LAN .................................................................................................... 58
Table 10 Wizard Step 2: Basic (WEP) Security ..................................................................................... 59
Table 11 Wizard Step 2: Extend (WPA-PSK or WPA2-PSK) Security ................................................... 60
Table 12 Wizard Step 3: ISP Parameters .............................................................................................. 61
Table 13 Wizard Step 3: PPPoE Connection ......................................................................................... 62
Table 14 Wizard Step 3: PPTP Connection ........................................................................................... 63
Table 15 Wizard Step 3: Your IP Address .............................................................................................. 64
Table 16 Private IP Address Ranges ..................................................................................................... 64
Table 17 Wizard Step 3: WAN IP and DNS Server Addresses .............................................................. 66
Table 18 Example of Network Properties for LAN Servers with Fixed IP Addresses ............................ 67
Table 19 Wizard Step 3: WAN MAC Address ........................................................................................ 67
Table 20 Wizard Step 4: Bandwidth Management ................................................................................. 68
Table 21 Types of Encryption for Each Type of Authentication ............................................................. 75
Table 22 WMM QoS Priorities ............................................................................................................... 76
Table 23 Wireless General .................................................................................................................... 77
Table 24 Wireless No Security ............................................................................................................... 78
Table 25 Wireless: Static WEP Encryption ............................................................................................ 79
Table 26 Wireless: WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK ............................................................................................. 80
Table 27 Wireless: WPA/WPA2 ............................................................................................................. 82
Table 28 MAC Address Filter ................................................................................................................. 83
Table 29 Wireless LAN Advanced ......................................................................................................... 84
Table 30 Wireless LAN QoS .................................................................................................................. 86
Table 31 Application Priority Configuration ............................................................................................ 87
Table 32 Ethernet Encapsulation ........................................................................................................... 91
Table 33 PPPoE Encapsulation ............................................................................................................. 93
Table 34 PPTP Encapsulation ............................................................................................................... 96
Table 35 WAN > Advanced .................................................................................................................... 98
Table 36 LAN IP ................................................................................................................................... 102
Table 37 LAN IP Alias .......................................................................................................................... 103
Table 38 Advanced LAN ...................................................................................................................... 104
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
23
List of Tables
Table 39 DHCP Server General .......................................................................................................... 105
Table 40 DHCP Server Advanced ....................................................................................................... 106
Table 41 Client List .............................................................................................................................. 108
Table 42 NAT General ..........................................................................................................................111
Table 43 NAT Application .....................................................................................................................112
Table 44 NAT Advanced .......................................................................................................................116
Table 45 Dynamic DNS ....................................................................................................................... 120
Table 46 Firewall General .................................................................................................................... 123
Table 47 Firewall Services ................................................................................................................... 125
Table 48 Content Filter: Filter .............................................................................................................. 128
Table 49 Content Filter: Schedule ....................................................................................................... 130
Table 50 IP Static Route ...................................................................................................................... 134
Table 51 Static Route Setup ................................................................................................................ 135
Table 52 Application and Subnet-based Bandwidth Management Example ....................................... 138
Table 53 Bandwidth Management Priorities ........................................................................................ 138
Table 54 Media Bandwidth Management Setup: Services .................................................................. 139
Table 55 Commonly Used Services ..................................................................................................... 140
Table 56 Bandwidth Management Priority with Default Classes ......................................................... 142
Table 57 Bandwidth Management: General ........................................................................................ 143
Table 58 Bandwidth Management: Advanced ..................................................................................... 144
Table 59 Bandwidth Management Rule Configuration: Pre-defined Service ....................................... 145
Table 60 Bandwidth Management Rule Configuration: User-defined Service ..................................... 146
Table 61 .............................................................................................................................................. 149
Table 62 WWW Remote Management ................................................................................................ 151
Table 63 Telnet Remote Management ................................................................................................. 152
Table 64 FTP Remote Management .................................................................................................... 153
Table 65 DNS Remote Management ................................................................................................... 154
Table 66 Configuring UPnP ................................................................................................................. 156
Table 67 System General .................................................................................................................... 170
Table 68 Time Setting .......................................................................................................................... 171
Table 69 View Log ............................................................................................................................... 174
Table 70 Log Settings .......................................................................................................................... 175
Table 71 System Maintenance Logs .................................................................................................... 177
Table 72 System Error Logs ................................................................................................................ 178
Table 73 Access Control Logs ............................................................................................................. 178
Table 74 TCP Reset Logs .................................................................................................................... 178
Table 75 Packet Filter Logs ................................................................................................................. 179
Table 76 ICMP Logs ............................................................................................................................ 179
Table 77 CDR Logs ............................................................................................................................. 180
Table 78 PPP Logs .............................................................................................................................. 180
Table 79 UPnP Logs ............................................................................................................................ 180
Table 80 Content Filtering Logs ........................................................................................................... 180
Table 81 Attack Logs ........................................................................................................................... 181
24
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
List of Tables
Table 82 PKI Logs ............................................................................................................................... 182
Table 83 802.1X Logs .......................................................................................................................... 183
Table 84 ACL Setting Notes ................................................................................................................ 184
Table 85 ICMP Notes ........................................................................................................................... 184
Table 86 Syslog Logs .......................................................................................................................... 185
Table 87 RFC-2408 ISAKMP Payload Types ...................................................................................... 185
Table 88 Maintenance Firmware Upload ............................................................................................. 187
Table 89 Maintenance Restore Configuration ..................................................................................... 189
Table 90 Config Mode: Advanced Screens ......................................................................................... 193
Table 91 Hardware Features ............................................................................................................... 203
Table 92 Firmware Features ................................................................................................................ 203
Table 93 Subnet Mask - Identifying Network Number ......................................................................... 214
Table 94 Subnet Masks ....................................................................................................................... 215
Table 95 Maximum Host Numbers ...................................................................................................... 215
Table 96 Alternative Subnet Mask Notation ......................................................................................... 215
Table 97 Subnet 1 ................................................................................................................................ 217
Table 98 Subnet 2 ................................................................................................................................ 218
Table 99 Subnet 3 ................................................................................................................................ 218
Table 100 Subnet 4 .............................................................................................................................. 218
Table 101 Eight Subnets ...................................................................................................................... 218
Table 102 24-bit Network Number Subnet Planning ............................................................................ 219
Table 103 16-bit Network Number Subnet Planning ............................................................................ 219
Table 104 IEEE 802.11g ...................................................................................................................... 243
Table 105 Comparison of EAP Authentication Types .......................................................................... 246
Table 106 Wireless Security Relational Matrix .................................................................................... 249
Table 107 NetBIOS Filter Default Settings .......................................................................................... 256
Table 108 Examples of Services ......................................................................................................... 257
Table 109 Abbreviations Used in the Example Internal SPTGEN Screens Table ............................... 264
Table 110 Menu 1 General Setup ........................................................................................................ 264
Table 111 Menu 3 ................................................................................................................................. 264
Table 112 Menu 4 Internet Access Setup ............................................................................................ 267
Table 113 Menu 12 .............................................................................................................................. 269
Table 114 Menu 15 SUA Server Setup ................................................................................................ 269
Table 115 Menu 21.1 Filter Set #1 ....................................................................................................... 271
Table 116 Menu 21.1 Filer Set #2, ....................................................................................................... 272
Table 117 Menu 23 System Menus ..................................................................................................... 274
Table 118 Menu 24.11 Remote Management Control ......................................................................... 275
Table 119 Command Examples ........................................................................................................... 276
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
25
List of Tables
26
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
P ART I
Introduction
Getting to Know Your ZyXEL Device (29)
Wireless Tutorial (33)
Introducing the Web Configurator (41)
27
28
CHAPTER
Getting to Know Your ZyXEL
Device
This chapter introduces the main features and applications of the ZyXEL Device.
1.1 ZyXEL Device Overview
The ZyXEL Device is the ideal secure wireless firewall router for all data passing between the
Internet and your Local Area Network.
You can configure firewall and/or content filtering for secure Internet access. You can also use
media bandwidth management to efficiently manage traffic on your network. The Quality of
Service (QoS) features allow you to prioritize time-sensitive or highly important applications
such as VoIP.
The ZyXEL Device has an embedded mini-PCI module for 802.11g Wireless LAN
connectivity. The ZyXEL Device supports the IEEE 802.11b and g standards, so that either
IEEE 802.11b or IEEE 802.11g compatible clients can wirelessly access the ZyXEL Device or
the wired network behind it. the ZyXEL Device allows you to access wireless networks at
speeds of up to 108Mbps (with the Super G function enabled)
Only use firmware for your ZyXEL Device’s specific model.
1.2 Applications for the ZyXEL Device
Here are some examples of what you can do with your ZyXEL Device.
1.2.1 Secure Broadband Internet Access
You can connect a cable modem, DSL or wireless modem to the ZyXEL Device for broadband
Internet access via an Ethernet or a wireless port on the modem. The ZyXEL Device
guarantees not only high speed Internet access, but secure internal network protection and
traffic management as well.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
29
Chapter 1 Getting to Know Your ZyXEL Device
Figure 1 Secure Internet Access via Cable, DSL or Wireless Modem
1.2.1.1 Wireless LAN Application
Add a wireless LAN to your existing network without expensive network cables. Wireless
stations can move freely anywhere in the coverage area and use resources on the wired
network.
Figure 2 WLAN Application Example
1.3 Ways to Manage the ZyXEL Device
Use any of the following methods to manage the ZyXEL Device.
• Web Configurator. This is recommended for everyday management of the ZyXEL Device
using a (supported) web browser.
• Command Line Interface. Line commands are mostly used for troubleshooting by service
engineers.
• FTP. Use File Transfer Protocol for firmware upgrades and configuration backup/restore.
1.4 Good Habits for Managing the ZyXEL Device
Do the following things regularly to make the ZyXEL Device more secure and to manage the
ZyXEL Device more effectively.
• Change the password. Use a password that’s not easy to guess and that consists of
different types of characters, such as numbers and letters.
• Write down the password and put it in a safe place.
30
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Chapter 1 Getting to Know Your ZyXEL Device
• Back up the configuration (and make sure you know how to restore it). Restoring an
earlier working configuration may be useful if the device becomes unstable or even
crashes. If you forget your password, you will have to reset the ZyXEL Device to its
factory default settings. If you backed up an earlier configuration file, you would not have
to totally re-configure the ZyXEL Device. You could simply restore your last
configuration.
1.5 LEDs
Figure 3 Front Panel
The following table describes the LEDs.
Table 1 Front Panel LEDs
LED
COLOR
STATUS
DESCRIPTION
PWR
Green
On
The ZyXEL Device is receiving power and functioning
properly.
None
Off
The ZyXEL Device is not receiving power.
Green
On
The ZyXEL Device has a successful 10Mb Ethernet
connection.
Blinking
The ZyXEL Device is sending/receiving data.
On
The ZyXEL Device has a successful 100Mb Ethernet
connection.
Blinking
The ZyXEL Device is sending/receiving data.
None
Off
The LAN is not connected.
Green
On
The ZyXEL Device has a successful 10Mb WAN
connection.
Blinking
The ZyXEL Device is sending/receiving data.
On
The ZyXEL Device has a successful 100Mb Ethernet
connection.
Blinking
The ZyXEL Device is sending/receiving data.
Off
The WAN connection is not ready, or has failed.
LAN 1-4
Amber
WAN
Amber
None
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
31
Chapter 1 Getting to Know Your ZyXEL Device
Table 1 Front Panel LEDs (continued)
LED
COLOR
STATUS
DESCRIPTION
WLAN
Green
On
The ZyXEL Device is ready, but is not sending/receiving
data through the wireless LAN.
Blinking
The ZyXEL Device is sending/receiving data through
the wireless LAN.
Off
The wireless LAN is not ready or has failed.
None
WPS
32
This LED is reserved for future firmware release.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
CHAPTER
Wireless Tutorial
This chapter gives you examples of how to set up an access point and wireless client for
wireless communication using the following parameters. The wireless clients can access the
Internet through an AP wirelessly.
2.1 Example Parameters
SSID
SSID_Example3
Channel
Security
WPA-PSK
(Pre-Shared Key: ThisismyWPA-PSKpre-sharedkey)
802.11 mode
IEEE 802.11b/g
An access point (AP) or wireless router is referred to as an “AP” and a computer with a
wireless network card or USB/PCI adapter is referred to as a “wireless client” here.
We use the M-302 utility screens as an example for the wireless client. The screens may vary
for different models.
2.2 Configuring the AP
Flow the steps below to configure the wireless settings on your AP.
1 Open the Wireless LAN > General screen in the AP’s web configurator.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
33
Chapter 2 Wireless Tutorial
Figure 4 AP: Wireless LAN > General
2 Make sure the Enable Wireless LAN check box is selected.
3 Enter SSID_Example3 as the SSID and select a channel.
4 Set security mode to WPA-PSK and enter ThisismyWPA-PSKpre-sharedkey in the
Pre-Shared Key field. Click Apply.
5 Open the Status screen.Verify your wireless and wireless security settings under Device
Information and check if the WLAN connection is up under Interface Status.
34
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Chapter 2 Wireless Tutorial
Figure 5 AP: Status
6 Click the WLAN Station Status hyperlink in the AP’s Status screen. You can see if any
wireless client has connected to the AP.
Figure 6 AP: Status: WLAN Station Status
2.3 Configuring the Wireless Client
This section describes how to connect the wireless client to a network.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
35
Chapter 2 Wireless Tutorial
2.3.1 Connecting to a Wireless LAN
The following sections show you how to join a wireless network using the ZyXEL utility, as in
the following diagram. The wireless client is labeled C and the access point is labeled AP.
There are three ways to connect the client to an access point.
• Configure nothing and leave the wireless client to automatically scan for and connect to
any available network that has no wireless security configured.
• Manually connect to a network.
• Configure a profile to have the wireless client automatically connect to a specific network
or peer computer.
This example illustrates how to manually connect your wireless client to an access point (AP)
which is configured for WPA-PSK security and connected to the Internet. Before you connect
to the access point, you must know its Service Set IDentity (SSID) and WPA-PSK pre-shared
key. In this example, the SSID is “SSID_Example3” and the pre-shared key is
“ThisismyWPA-PSKpre-sharedkey”.
After you install the ZyXEL utility and then insert the wireless client, follow the steps below
to connect to a network using the Site Survey screen.
1 Open the ZyXEL utility and click the Site Survey tab to open the screen shown next.
2 The wireless client automatically searches for available wireless networks. Click Scan if
you want to search again. If no entry displays in the Available Network List, that means
there is no wireless network available within range. Make sure the AP or peer computer
is turned on or move the wireless client closer to the AP or peer computer.
3 When you try to connect to an AP with security configured, a window will pop up
prompting you to specify the security settings. Enter the pre-shared key and leave the
encryption type at the default setting.
Use the Next button to move on to the next screen. You can use the Back button at any
time to return to the previous screen, or the Exit button to return to the Site Survey
screen.
36
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Chapter 2 Wireless Tutorial
Figure 7 ZyXEL Utility: Security Settings
4 The Confirm Save window appears. Check your settings and click Save to continue.
Figure 8 ZyXEL Utility: Confirm Save
5 The ZyXEL utility returns to the Link Info screen while it connects to the wireless
network using your settings. When the wireless link is established, the ZyXEL utility
icon in the system tray turns green and the Link Info screen displays details of the active
connection. Check the network information in the Link Info screen to verify that you
have successfully connected to the selected network. If the wireless client is not
connected to a network, the fields in this screen remain blank.
Figure 9 ZyXEL Utility: Link Info
6 Open your Internet browser and enter http://www.zyxel.com or the URL of any other
web site in the address bar. If you are able to access the web site, your wireless
connection is successfully configured.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
37
Chapter 2 Wireless Tutorial
If you cannot access the web site, try changing the encryption type in the Security
Settings screen, check the Troubleshooting section of this User's Guide or contact your
network administrator.
2.3.2 Creating and Using a Profile
A profile lets you automatically connect to the same wireless network every time you use the
wireless client. You can also configure different profiles for different networks, for example if
you connect a notebook computer to wireless networks at home and at work.
This example illustrates how to set up a profile and connect the wireless client to an access
point configured for WPA-PSK security. In this example, the SSID is “SSID_Example3”, the
profile name is “PN_Example3” and the pre-shared key is “ThisismyWPA-PSKpresharedkey”. You have chosen the profile name “PN_Example3”.
1 Open the ZyXEL utility and click the Profile tab to open the screen shown next. Click
Add to configure a new profile.
Figure 10 ZyXEL Utility: Profile
2 The Add New Profile screen appears. The wireless client automatically searches for
available wireless networks, which are displayed in the Scan Info box. Click on Scan if
you want to search again. You can also configure your profile for a wireless network that
is not in the list.
Figure 11 ZyXEL Utility: Add New Profile
3 Give the profile a descriptive name (of up to 32 printable ASCII characters). Select
Infrastructure and either manually enter or select the AP's SSID in the Scan Info table
and click Select.
38
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Chapter 2 Wireless Tutorial
4 Choose the same encryption method as the AP to which you want to connect (In this
example, WPA-PSK).
Figure 12 ZyXEL Utility: Profile Security
5 This screen varies depending on the encryption method you selected in the previous
screen. Enter the pre-shared key and leave the encryption type at the default setting.
Figure 13 ZyXEL Utility: Profile Encryption
6 In the next screen, leave both boxes checked.
Figure 14 Profile: Wireless Protocol Settings.
7 Verify the profile settings in the read-only screen. Click Save to save and go to the next
screen.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
39
Chapter 2 Wireless Tutorial
Figure 15 Profile: Confirm Save
8 Click Activate Now to use the new profile immediately. Otherwise, click the Activate
Later button.
If you clicked Activate Later, you can select the profile from the list in the Profile
screen and click Connect to activate it.
Only one profile can be activated and used at any given time.
Figure 16 Profile: Activate
9 When you activate the new profile, the ZyXEL utility returns to the Link Info screen
while it connects to the AP using your settings. When the wireless link is established, the
ZyXEL utility icon in the system tray turns green and the Link Info screen displays
details of the active connection.
10 Open your Internet browser, enter http://www.zyxel.com or the URL of any other web
site in the address bar and press ENTER. If you are able to access the web site, your new
profile is successfully configured.
11 If you cannot access the Internet go back to the Profile screen, select the profile you are
using and click Edit. Check the details you entered previously. Also, refer to the
Troubleshooting section of this User's Guide or contact your network administrator if
necessary.
40
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
CHAPTER
Introducing the Web
Configurator
This chapter describes how to access the ZyXEL Device web configurator and provides an
overview of its screens.
3.1 Web Configurator Overview
The web configurator is an HTML-based management interface that allows easy setup and
management of the ZyXEL Device via Internet browser. Use Internet Explorer 6.0 and later or
Netscape Navigator 7.0 and later versions. The recommended screen resolution is 1024 by 768
pixels.
In order to use the web configurator you need to allow:
• Web browser pop-up windows from your device. Web pop-up blocking is enabled by
default in Windows XP SP (Service Pack) 2.
• JavaScripts (enabled by default).
• Java permissions (enabled by default).
Refer to the Troubleshooting chapter to see how to make sure these functions are allowed in
Internet Explorer.
3.2 Accessing the Web Configurator
1 Make sure your ZyXEL Device hardware is properly connected and prepare your
computer or computer network to connect to the ZyXEL Device (refer to the Quick Start
Guide).
2 Launch your web browser.
3 Type "192.168.1.1" as the URL.
4 Type "1234" (default) as the password and click Login. In some versions, the default
password appears automatically - if this is the case, click Login.
5 You should see a screen asking you to change your password (highly recommended) as
shown next. Type a new password (and retype it to confirm) and click Apply or click
Ignore.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
41
Chapter 3 Introducing the Web Configurator
Figure 17 Change Password Screen
The management session automatically times out when the time period set in
the Administrator Inactivity Timer field expires (default five minutes). Simply
log back into the ZyXEL Device if this happens.
6 Select the setup mode you want to use.
• Click Go to Wizard Setup to use the Configuration Wizard for basic Internet and
Wireless setup.
• Click Go to Basic Setup if you want to view and configure basic settings that are not
part of the wizard setup. Not all Web Configurator screens are available in this mode.
• Click Go to Advanced Setup to view and configure all the ZyXEL Device’s settings.
42
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Chapter 3 Introducing the Web Configurator
3.3 Resetting the ZyXEL Device
If you forget your password or cannot access the web configurator, you will need to use the
RESET button at the back of the ZyXEL Device to reload the factory-default configuration
file. This means that you will lose all configurations that you had previously saved, and the
password will be reset to “1234”.
3.3.1 Procedure to Use the Reset Button
1 Make sure the PWR LED is on.
2 Press the RESET button for ten seconds or until the PWR LED begins to blink and then
release it. When the PWR LED begins to blink, the defaults have been restored and the
ZyXEL Device restarts.
3.4 Navigating the Web Configurator
The following summarizes how to navigate the web configurator from the Status screen.
3.4.1 The Status Screen
The following screen displays when you log into the ZyXEL Device.
Not all fields are available when you select Basic mode (see Section 3.2 on
page 41). See the Configuration Mode field in the System Status box to
check whether you are in Basic or Advanced mode. Use the Config Mode >
General screen to change between modes.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
43
Chapter 3 Introducing the Web Configurator
Figure 18 Web Configurator Status Screen
The following table describes the icons shown in the Status screen.
Table 2 Status Screen Icon Key
ICON
DESCRIPTION
Select a language from the drop-down list box to have the web configurator display in
that language.
Click this icon to open a web help page relevant to the screen you are currently
configuring.
Click this icon to open the setup wizard.
Click this icon to view copyright and a link for related product information.
Click this icon at any time to exit the web configurator.
Select a number of seconds or None from the drop-down list box to refresh all screen
statistics automatically at the end of every time interval or to not refresh the screen
statistics.
Click this button to refresh the status screen statistics.
44
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Chapter 3 Introducing the Web Configurator
The following table describes the labels shown in the Status screen.
Table 3 Web Configurator Status Screen
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
Device Information
System Name
This is the System Name you enter in the Maintenance > System > General
screen. It is for identification purposes.
Firmware Version
This is the ZyNOS firmware version and the date created. ZyNOS is ZyXEL's
proprietary Network Operating System design.
WAN Information
- MAC Address
This shows the WAN Ethernet adapter MAC Address of your device.
- IP Address
This shows the WAN port’s IP address.
- IP Subnet Mask
This shows the WAN port’s subnet mask.
- DHCP
This shows the WAN port’s DHCP role - Client or None.
LAN Information
- MAC Address
This shows the LAN Ethernet adapter MAC Address of your device.
- IP Address
This shows the LAN port’s IP address.
- IP Subnet Mask
This shows the LAN port’s subnet mask.
- DHCP
This shows the LAN port’s DHCP role - Server, Relay or None.
WLAN Information
- MAC Address
This shows the wireless adapter MAC Address of your device.
- Name (SSID)
This shows a descriptive name used to identify the ZyXEL Device in the wireless
LAN.
- Channel
This shows the channel number which you select manually.
- Operating Channel
This shows the channel number which the ZyXEL Device is currently using over the
wireless LAN.
- Security Mode
This shows the level of wireless security the ZyXEL Device is using.
- 802.11 Mode
This shows the wireless standard.
System Status
System Uptime
This is the total time the ZyXEL Device has been on.
Current Date/Time
This field displays your ZyXEL Device’s present date and time.
System Resource
- CPU Usage
This displays what percentage of the ZyXEL Device’s processing ability is currently
used. When this percentage is close to 100%, the ZyXEL Device is running at full
load, and the throughput is not going to improve anymore. If you want some
applications to have more throughput, you should turn off other applications (for
example, using bandwidth management.
- Memory Usage
This shows what percentage of the heap memory the ZyXEL Device is using. Heap
memory refers to the memory that is not used by ZyNOS (ZyXEL Network Operating
System) and is thus available for running processes like NAT and the firewall.
System Setting
- Firewall
This shows whether the firewall is active or not.
- Bandwidth Management This shows whether the bandwidth management is active or not.
- UPnP
This shows whether UPnP is active or not.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
45
Chapter 3 Introducing the Web Configurator
Table 3 Web Configurator Status Screen (continued)
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
- Configuration Mode
This shows whether the advanced screens of each feature are turned on
(Advanced) or not (Basic).
Interface Status
Interface
This displays the ZyXEL Device port types. The port types are: WAN, LAN and
WLAN.
Status
For the LAN and WAN ports, this field displays Down (line is down) or Up (line is up
or connected).
For the WLAN, it displays Up when the WLAN is enabled or Down when the WLAN
is disabled.
Rate
For the LAN ports, this displays the port speed and duplex setting or N/A when the
line is disconnected.
For the WAN port, it displays the port speed and duplex setting if you’re using
Ethernet encapsulation and Idle (line (ppp) idle), Dial (starting to trigger a call) and
Drop (dropping a call) if you're using PPPoE or PPTP encapsulation. This field
displays N/A when the line is disconnected.
For the WLAN, it displays the maximum transmission rate when the WLAN is
enabled and N/A when the WLAN is disabled.
Summary
Any IP Table
Use this screen to view details of IP addresses assigned to devices not in the same
subnet as the ZyXEL Device.
BW MGMT Monitor
Use this screen to view the ZyXEL Device’s bandwidth usage and allotments.
DHCP Table
Use this screen to view current DHCP client information.
Packet Statistics
Use this screen to view port status and packet specific statistics.
WLAN Station Status
Use this screen to view the wireless stations that are currently associated to the
ZyXEL Device.
3.4.2 Navigation Panel
After you enter the password, use the sub-menus on the navigation panel to configure ZyXEL
Device features.
The following table describes the sub-menus.
Table 4 Screens Summary
LINK
TAB
Status
FUNCTION
This screen shows the ZyXEL Device’s general device, system and
interface status information. Use this screen to access the wizard,
and summary statistics tables.
Network
Wireless
LAN
46
General
Use this screen to configure wireless LAN.
MAC Filter
Use the MAC filter screen to configure the ZyXEL Device to block
access to devices or block the devices from accessing the ZyXEL
Device.
Advanced
This screen allows you to configure advanced wireless settings.
QoS
Use this screen to configure Wi-Fi Multimedia Quality of Service
(WMM QoS). WMM QoS allows you to prioritize wireless traffic
according to the delivery requirements of individual services.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Chapter 3 Introducing the Web Configurator
Table 4 Screens Summary
LINK
WAN
LAN
DHCP
Server
NAT
DDNS
TAB
FUNCTION
Internet
Connection
This screen allows you to configure ISP parameters, WAN IP
address assignment, DNS servers and the WAN MAC address.
Advanced
Use this screen to configure other advanced properties.
IP
Use this screen to configure LAN IP address and subnet mask.
IP Alias
Use this screen to partition your LAN interface into subnets.
Advanced
Use this screen to enable other advanced properties.
General
Use this screen to enable the ZyXEL Device’s DHCP server.
Advanced
Use this screen to assign IP addresses to specific individual
computers based on their MAC addresses and to have DNS
servers assigned by the DHCP server.
Client List
Use this screen to view current DHCP client information and to
always assign an IP address to a MAC address (and host name).
General
Use this screen to enable NAT.
Application
Use this screen to configure servers behind the ZyXEL Device.
Advanced
Use this screen to change your ZyXEL Device’s port triggering
settings.
General
Use this screen to set up dynamic DNS.
General
Use this screen to activate/deactivate the firewall.
Services
This screen shows a summary of the firewall rules, and allows you
to edit/add a firewall rule.
Security
Firewall
Content Filter Filter
Use this screen to block certain web features and sites containing
certain keywords in the URL.
Schedule
Use this screen to set the days and times for the ZyXEL Device to
perform content filtering.
Static Route
IP Static
Route
Use this screen to configure IP static routes.
Bandwidth
MGMT
General
Use this screen to enable bandwidth management.
Advanced
Use this screen to set the upstream bandwidth and edit a
bandwidth management rule.
Monitor
Use this screen to view the ZyXEL Device’s bandwidth usage and
allotments.
WWW
Use this screen to configure through which interface(s) and from
which IP address(es) users can use HTTP to manage the ZyXEL
Device.
Telnet
Use this screen to configure through which interface(s) and from
which IP address(es) users can use Telnet to manage the ZyXEL
Device.
FTP
Use this screen to configure through which interface(s) and from
which IP address(es) users can use FTP to access the ZyXEL
Device.
DNS
Use this screen to configure through which interface(s) and from
which IP address(es) users can send DNS queries to the ZyXEL
Device.
Management
Remote
MGMT
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
47
Chapter 3 Introducing the Web Configurator
Table 4 Screens Summary
LINK
UPnP
TAB
FUNCTION
General
Use this screen to enable UPnP on the ZyXEL Device.
General
Use this screen to view and change administrative settings such as
system and domain names, password and inactivity timer.
Time Setting
Use this screen to change your ZyXEL Device’s time and date.
View Log
Use this screen to view the logs for the categories that you
selected.
Log Settings
Use this screen to change your ZyXEL Device’s log settings.
Firmware
Use this screen to upload firmware to your ZyXEL Device.
Configuration
Use this screen to backup and restore the configuration or reset
the factory defaults to your ZyXEL Device.
Restart
This screen allows you to reboot the ZyXEL Device without turning
the power off.
General
This screen allows you to display or hide the advanced screens or
features.
Maintenance
System
Logs
Tools
Config Mode
3.5 Summary: Any IP Table
This screen displays the IP address of each computer that is using the ZyXEL Device via the
any IP feature. Any IP allows computers to access the Internet through the ZyXEL Device
without changing their network settings when NAT is enabled. To access this screen, open the
Status screen (see Section 3.4.1 on page 43), and click (Details...) next to Any IP Table.
Figure 19 Any IP Table
3.5.1 Summary: Bandwidth Management Monitor
Select the BW MGMT Monitor (Details...) hyperlink in Status screen. View the bandwidth
usage of the WAN configured bandwidth rules. This is also shown as bandwidth usage over
the bandwidth budget for each rule. The gray section of the bar represents the percentage of
unused bandwidth and the blue color represents the percentage of bandwidth in use.
48
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Chapter 3 Introducing the Web Configurator
Figure 20 Summary: BW MGMT Monitor
3.5.2 Summary: DHCP Table
DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol, RFC 2131 and RFC 2132) allows individual
clients to obtain TCP/IP configuration at start-up from a server. You can configure the ZyXEL
Device as a DHCP server or disable it. When configured as a server, the ZyXEL Device
provides the TCP/IP configuration for the clients. If DHCP service is disabled, you must have
another DHCP server on your LAN, or else the computer must be manually configured.
Click the DHCP Table (Details...) hyperlink in the Status screen. Read-only information here
relates to your DHCP status. The DHCP table shows current DHCP client information
(including IP Address, Host Name and MAC Address) of all network clients using the
ZyXEL Device’s DHCP server.
Figure 21 Summary: DHCP Table
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 5 Summary: DHCP Table
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
This is the index number of the host computer.
IP Address
This field displays the IP address relative to the # field listed above.
Host Name
This field displays the computer host name.
MAC Address
This field shows the MAC address of the computer with the name in the Host Name
field.
Every Ethernet device has a unique MAC (Media Access Control) address. The MAC
address is assigned at the factory and consists of six pairs of hexadecimal
characters, for example, 00:A0:C5:00:00:02.
Refresh
Click Refresh to renew the screen.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
49
Chapter 3 Introducing the Web Configurator
3.5.3 Summary: Packet Statistics
Click the Packet Statistics (Details...) hyperlink in the Status screen. Read-only information
here includes port status and packet specific statistics. Also provided are "system up time" and
"poll interval(s)". The Poll Interval(s) field is configurable.
Figure 22 Summary: Packet Statistics
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 6 Summary: Packet Statistics
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
Port
This is the ZyXEL Device’s port type.
Status
For the LAN ports, this displays the port speed and duplex setting or Down
when the line is disconnected.
For the WAN port, it displays the port speed and duplex setting if you’re using
Ethernet encapsulation and Idle (line (ppp) idle), Dial (starting to trigger a call)
and Drop (dropping a call) if you're using PPPoE or PPTP encapsulation. This
field displays Down when the line is disconnected.
For the WLAN, it displays the maximum transmission rate when the WLAN is
enabled and Down when the WLAN is disabled.
TxPkts
This is the number of transmitted packets on this port.
RxPkts
This is the number of received packets on this port.
Collisions
This is the number of collisions on this port.
Tx B/s
This displays the transmission speed in bytes per second on this port.
Rx B/s
This displays the reception speed in bytes per second on this port.
Up Time
This is the total amount of time the line has been up.
System Up Time
This is the total time the ZyXEL Device has been on.
Poll Interval(s)
Enter the time interval for refreshing statistics in this field.
Set Interval
Click this button to apply the new poll interval you entered in the Poll Interval(s)
field.
Stop
Click Stop to stop refreshing statistics, click Stop.
3.5.4 Summary: Wireless Station Status
Click the WLAN Station Status (Details...) hyperlink in the Status screen. View the wireless
stations that are currently associated to the ZyXEL Device in the Association List screen.
50
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Chapter 3 Introducing the Web Configurator
Figure 23 Summary: Wireless Association List
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 7 Summary: Wireless Association List
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
This is the index number of an associated wireless station.
MAC Address
This field displays the MAC address of an associated wireless station.
Association Time
This field displays the time a wireless station first associated with the ZyXEL
Device.
Refresh
Click Refresh to reload the list.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
51
Chapter 3 Introducing the Web Configurator
52
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
P ART II
Wizard
Connection Wizard (55)
53
54
CHAPTER
Connection Wizard
This chapter provides information on the wizard setup screens in the web configurator.
4.1 Wizard Setup
The web configurator’s wizard setup helps you configure your device to access the Internet.
Refer to your ISP (Internet Service Provider) checklist in the Quick Start Guide to know what
to enter in each field. Leave a field blank if you don’t have that information.
1 After you access the ZyXEL Device web configurator, click the Go to Wizard setup
hyperlink.
You can click the Go to Basic setup or Go to Advanced setup hyperlink to skip this
wizard setup and configure basic or advanced features accordingly.
Figure 24 Select Wizard or Advanced Mode
2 Choose your language from the drop-down list box.
3 Click the Next button to proceed to the next screen.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
55
Chapter 4 Connection Wizard
Figure 25 Select a Language
4 Read the on-screen information and click Next.
Figure 26 Welcome to the Connection Wizard
4.2 Connection Wizard: STEP 1: System Information
System Information contains administrative and system-related information.
4.2.1 System Name
System Name is for identification purposes. However, because some ISPs check this name
you should enter your computer's "Computer Name".
• In Windows 95/98 click Start, Settings, Control Panel, Network. Click the
Identification tab, note the entry for the Computer Name field and enter it as the System
Name.
• In Windows 2000, click Start, Settings and Control Panel and then double-click System.
Click the Network Identification tab and then the Properties button. Note the entry for
the Computer name field and enter it as the System Name.
• In Windows XP, click Start, My Computer, View system information and then click
the Computer Name tab. Note the entry in the Full computer name field and enter it as
the ZyXEL Device System Name.
56
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Chapter 4 Connection Wizard
4.2.2 Domain Name
The Domain Name entry is what is propagated to the DHCP clients on the LAN. If you leave
this blank, the domain name obtained by DHCP from the ISP is used. While you must enter
the host name (System Name) on each individual computer, the domain name can be assigned
from the ZyXEL Device via DHCP.
Click Next to configure the ZyXEL Device for Internet access.
Figure 27 Wizard Step 1: System Information
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 8 Wizard Step 1: System Information
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
System Name
System Name is a unique name to identify the ZyXEL Device in an Ethernet network.
Enter a descriptive name. This name can be up to 30 alphanumeric characters long.
Spaces are not allowed, but dashes "-" and underscores "_" are accepted.
Domain Name
Type the domain name (if you know it) here. If you leave this field blank, the ISP may
assign a domain name via DHCP. The domain name entered by you is given priority
over the ISP assigned domain name.
Back
Click Back to display the previous screen.
Next
Click Next to proceed to the next screen.
Exit
Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving.
4.3 Connection Wizard: STEP 2: Wireless LAN
Set up your wireless LAN using the following screen.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
57
Chapter 4 Connection Wizard
Figure 28 Wizard Step 2: Wireless LAN
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 9 Wizard Step 2: Wireless LAN
58
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
Name (SSID)
Enter a descriptive name (up to 32 printable 7-bit ASCII characters) for the wireless
LAN.
If you change this field on the ZyXEL Device, make sure all wireless stations use the
same SSID in order to access the network.
Security
Select a Security level from the drop-down list box.
Choose Auto to have the ZyXEL Device generate a pre-shared key automatically. A
screen pops up displaying the generated pre-shared key after you click Next. Click
OK to continue.
Choose None to have no wireless LAN security configured. If you do not enable any
wireless security on your ZyXEL Device, your network is accessible to any wireless
networking device that is within range. If you choose this option, skip directly to
Section 4.4 on page 60.
Choose Basic (WEP) security if you want to configure WEP Encryption parameters. If
you choose this option, go directly to Section 4.3.1 on page 59.
Choose Extend (WPA-PSK or WPA2-PSK) security to configure a Pre-Shared Key.
Choose this option only if your wireless clients support WPA-PSK or WPA2-PSK
respectively. If you choose this option, skip directly to Section 4.3.2 on page 60.
Channel
Selection
The range of radio frequencies used by IEEE 802.11b/g wireless devices is called a
channel.
Select a channel that is not used by any nearby devices.
Back
Click Back to display the previous screen.
Next
Click Next to proceed to the next screen.
Exit
Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving.
The wireless stations and ZyXEL Device must use the same SSID, channel ID
and WEP encryption key (if WEP is enabled), WPA-PSK (if WPA-PSK is
enabled) or WPA2-PSK (if WPA2-PSK is enabled) for wireless
communication.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Chapter 4 Connection Wizard
4.3.1 Basic (WEP) Security
Choose Basic (WEP) to setup WEP Encryption parameters.
Figure 29 Wizard Step 2: Basic (WEP) Security
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 10 Wizard Step 2: Basic (WEP) Security
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
Passphrase
Type a Passphrase (up to 32 printable characters) and click Generate. The ZyXEL
Device automatically generates a WEP key.
WEP
Encryption
Select 64-bit WEP or 128-bit WEP to allow data encryption.
ASCII Select this option in order to enter ASCII characters as the WEP keys.
HEX Select this option to enter hexadecimal characters as the WEP keys.
The preceding “0x” is entered automatically.
Key 1 to Key 4
The WEP keys are used to encrypt data. Both the ZyXEL Device and the wireless
stations must use the same WEP key for data transmission.
If you chose 64-bit WEP, then enter any 5 ASCII characters or 10 hexadecimal
characters ("0-9", "A-F").
If you chose 128-bit WEP, then enter 13 ASCII characters or 26 hexadecimal
characters ("0-9", "A-F").
You must configure at least one key, only one key can be activated at any one time.
The default key is key 1.
Back
Click Back to display the previous screen.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
59
Chapter 4 Connection Wizard
Table 10 Wizard Step 2: Basic (WEP) Security
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
Next
Click Next to proceed to the next screen.
Exit
Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving.
4.3.2 Extend (WPA-PSK or WPA2-PSK) Security
Choose Extend (WPA-PSK) or Extend (WPA2-PSK) security in the Wireless LAN setup
screen to set up a Pre-Shared Key.
Figure 30 Wizard Step 2: Extend (WPA-PSK or WPA2-PSK) Security
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 11 Wizard Step 2: Extend (WPA-PSK or WPA2-PSK) Security
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
Pre-Shared
Key
Type from 8 to 63 case-sensitive ASCII characters. You can set up the most secure
wireless connection by configuring WPA in the wireless LAN screens. You need to
configure an authentication server to do this.
Back
Click Back to display the previous screen.
Next
Click Next to proceed to the next screen.
Exit
Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving.
4.4 Connection Wizard: STEP 3: Internet Configuration
The ZyXEL Device offers three Internet connection types. They are Ethernet, PPP over
Ethernet or PPTP. The wizard attempts to detect which WAN connection type you are using.
If the wizard does not detect a connection type, you must select one from the drop-down list
box. Check with your ISP to make sure you use the correct type.
This wizard screen varies according to the connection type that you select.
60
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Chapter 4 Connection Wizard
Figure 31 Wizard Step 3: ISP Parameters.
The following table describes the labels in this screen,
Table 12 Wizard Step 3: ISP Parameters
CONNECTION TYPE
DESCRIPTION
Ethernet
Select the Ethernet option when the WAN port is used as a regular Ethernet.
PPPoE
Select the PPP over Ethernet option for a dial-up connection. If your ISP
gave you a an IP address and/or subnet mask, then select PPTP.
PPTP
Select the PPTP option for a dial-up connection.
4.4.1 Ethernet Connection
Choose Ethernet when the WAN port is used as a regular Ethernet.
Figure 32 Wizard Step 3: Ethernet Connection
4.4.2 PPPoE Connection
Point-to-Point Protocol over Ethernet (PPPoE) functions as a dial-up connection. PPPoE is an
IETF (Internet Engineering Task Force) standard specifying how a host personal computer
interacts with a broadband modem (for example DSL, cable, wireless, etc.) to achieve access
to high-speed data networks.
For the service provider, PPPoE offers an access and authentication method that works with
existing access control systems (for instance, RADIUS).
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
61
Chapter 4 Connection Wizard
One of the benefits of PPPoE is the ability to let end users access one of multiple network
services, a function known as dynamic service selection. This enables the service provider to
easily create and offer new IP services for specific users.
Operationally, PPPoE saves significant effort for both the subscriber and the ISP/carrier, as it
requires no specific configuration of the broadband modem at the subscriber’s site.
By implementing PPPoE directly on the ZyXEL Device (rather than individual computers),
the computers on the LAN do not need PPPoE software installed, since the ZyXEL Device
does that part of the task. Furthermore, with NAT, all of the LAN's computers will have
Internet access.
Refer to the appendix for more information on PPPoE.
Figure 33 Wizard Step 3: PPPoE Connection
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 13 Wizard Step 3: PPPoE Connection
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
ISP Parameter for Internet Access
Connection Type
Select the PPP over Ethernet option for a dial-up connection.
Service Name
Type the name of your service provider.
User Name
Type the user name given to you by your ISP.
Password
Type the password associated with the user name above.
Back
Click Back to return to the previous screen.
Next
Click Next to continue.
Exit
Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving.
4.4.3 PPTP Connection
Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP) is a network protocol that enables transfers of data
from a remote client to a private server, creating a Virtual Private Network (VPN) using TCP/
IP-based networks.
PPTP supports on-demand, multi-protocol, and virtual private networking over public
networks, such as the Internet.
Refer to the appendix for more information on PPTP.
62
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Chapter 4 Connection Wizard
The ZyXEL Device supports one PPTP server connection at any given time.
Figure 34 Wizard Step 3: PPTP Connection
The following table describes the fields in this screen
Table 14 Wizard Step 3: PPTP Connection
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
ISP Parameters for Internet Access
Connection Type
Select PPTP from the drop-down list box. To configure a PPTP client, you must
configure the User Name and Password fields for a PPP connection and the
PPTP parameters for a PPTP connection.
User Name
Type the user name given to you by your ISP.
Password
Type the password associated with the User Name above.
PPTP Configuration
Get automatically
from ISP
Select this radio button if your ISP did not assign you a fixed IP address.
Use fixed IP
address
Select this radio button, provided by your ISP to give the ZyXEL Device a fixed,
unique IP address.
My IP Address
Type the (static) IP address assigned to you by your ISP.
My IP Subnet
Mask
Type the subnet mask assigned to you by your ISP (if given).
Server IP Address
Type the IP address of the PPTP server.
Connection ID/
Name
Enter the connection ID or connection name in this field. It must follow the "c:id"
and "n:name" format. For example, C:12 or N:My ISP.
This field is optional and depends on the requirements of your ISP.
Back
Click Back to return to the previous screen.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
63
Chapter 4 Connection Wizard
Table 14 Wizard Step 3: PPTP Connection
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
Next
Click Next to continue.
Exit
Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving.
4.4.4 Your IP Address
The following wizard screen allows you to assign a fixed IP address or give the ZyXEL
Device an automatically assigned IP address depending on your ISP.
Figure 35 Wizard Step 3: Your IP Address
The following table describes the labels in this screen
Table 15 Wizard Step 3: Your IP Address
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
Get automatically from
your ISP
Select this option If your ISP did not assign you a fixed IP address. This is
the default selection. If you choose this option, skip directly to section
4.4.9.
Use fixed IP address
provided by your ISP
Select this option if you were given IP address and/or DNS server settings
by the ISP. The fixed IP address should be in the same subnet as your
broadband modem or router.
Back
Click Back to return to the previous screen.
Next
Click Next to continue.
Exit
Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving.
4.4.5 WAN IP Address Assignment
Every computer on the Internet must have a unique IP address. If your networks are isolated
from the Internet, for instance, only between your two branch offices, you can assign any IP
addresses to the hosts without problems. However, the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority
(IANA) has reserved the following three blocks of IP addresses specifically for private
networks.
Table 16 Private IP Address Ranges
64
10.0.0.0
10.255.255.255
172.16.0.0
172.31.255.255
192.168.0.0
192.168.255.255
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Chapter 4 Connection Wizard
You can obtain your IP address from the IANA, from an ISP or have it assigned by a private
network. If you belong to a small organization and your Internet access is through an ISP, the
ISP can provide you with the Internet addresses for your local networks. On the other hand, if
you are part of a much larger organization, you should consult your network administrator for
the appropriate IP addresses.
Regardless of your particular situation, do not create an arbitrary IP address;
always follow the guidelines above. For more information on address
assignment, please refer to RFC 1597, Address Allocation for Private Internets
and RFC 1466, Guidelines for Management of IP Address Space.
4.4.6 IP Address and Subnet Mask
Similar to the way houses on a street share a common street name, so too do computers on a
LAN share one common network number.
Where you obtain your network number depends on your particular situation. If the ISP or
your network administrator assigns you a block of registered IP addresses, follow their
instructions in selecting the IP addresses and the subnet mask.
If the ISP did not explicitly give you an IP network number, then most likely you have a single
user account and the ISP will assign you a dynamic IP address when the connection is
established. The Internet Assigned Number Authority (IANA) reserved this block of addresses
specifically for private use; please do not use any other number unless you are told otherwise.
Let's say you select 192.168.1.0 as the network number; which covers 254 individual
addresses, from 192.168.1.1 to 192.168.1.254 (zero and 255 are reserved). In other words, the
first three numbers specify the network number while the last number identifies an individual
computer on that network.
Once you have decided on the network number, pick an IP address that is easy to remember,
for instance, 192.168.1.1, for your ZyXEL Device, but make sure that no other device on your
network is using that IP address.
The subnet mask specifies the network number portion of an IP address. Your ZyXEL Device
will compute the subnet mask automatically based on the IP address that you entered. You
don't need to change the subnet mask computed by the ZyXEL Device unless you are
instructed to do otherwise.
4.4.7 DNS Server Address Assignment
Use DNS (Domain Name System) to map a domain name to its corresponding IP address and
vice versa, for instance, the IP address of www.zyxel.com is 204.217.0.2. The DNS server is
extremely important because without it, you must know the IP address of a computer before
you can access it.
The ZyXEL Device can get the DNS server addresses in the following ways.
1 The ISP tells you the DNS server addresses, usually in the form of an information sheet,
when you sign up. If your ISP gives you DNS server addresses, enter them in the DNS
Server fields in the Wizard and/or WAN > Internet Connection screen.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
65
Chapter 4 Connection Wizard
2 If the ISP did not give you DNS server information, leave the DNS Server fields set to
0.0.0.0 in the Wizard screen and/or set to From ISP in the WAN > Internet
Connection screen for the ISP to dynamically assign the DNS server IP addresses.
4.4.8 WAN IP and DNS Server Address Assignment
The following wizard screen allows you to assign a fixed WAN IP address and DNS server
addresses.
Figure 36 Wizard Step 3: WAN IP and DNS Server Addresses
The following table describes the labels in this screen
Table 17 Wizard Step 3: WAN IP and DNS Server Addresses
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
WAN IP Address Assignment
My WAN IP Address
Enter your WAN IP address in this field. The WAN IP address should be in
the same subnet as your DSL/Cable modem or router.
My WAN IP Subnet Mask
Enter the IP subnet mask in this field.
Gateway IP Address
Enter the gateway IP address in this field.
System DNS Server Address Assignment (if applicable)
DNS (Domain Name System) is for mapping a domain name to its corresponding IP address and vice
versa. The DNS server is extremely important because without it, you must know the IP address of a
computer before you can access it. The ZyXEL Device uses a system DNS server (in the order you
specify here) to resolve domain names for DDNS and the time server.
66
First DNS Server
Second DNS Server
Third DNS Server
Enter the DNS server's IP address in the fields provided.
If you do not configure a system DNS server, you must use IP addresses
when configuring DDNS and the time server.
Back
Click Back to return to the previous screen.
Next
Click Next to continue.
Exit
Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Chapter 4 Connection Wizard
4.4.9 WAN MAC Address
Every Ethernet device has a unique MAC (Media Access Control) address. The MAC address
is assigned at the factory and consists of six pairs of hexadecimal characters, for example,
00:A0:C5:00:00:02.
Table 18 Example of Network Properties for LAN Servers with Fixed IP Addresses
Choose an IP address
192.168.1.2-192.168.1.32; 192.168.1.65-192.168.1.254.
Subnet mask
255.255.255.0
Gateway (or default route)
192.168.1.1(ZyXEL Device LAN IP)
This screen allows users to configure the WAN port's MAC address by either using the
ZyXEL Device’s MAC address, copying the MAC address from a computer on your LAN or
manually entering a MAC address. Once it is successfully configured, the address will be
copied to the "rom" file (ZyNOS configuration file). It will not change unless you change the
setting or upload a different "rom" file. It is advisable to clone the MAC address from a
computer on your LAN even if your ISP does not presently require MAC address
authentication.
Figure 37 Wizard Step 3: WAN MAC Address
The following table describes the fields in this screen.
Table 19 Wizard Step 3: WAN MAC Address
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
Factory Default
Select Factory Default to use the factory assigned default MAC address.
Clone the
computer’s MAC
address
Select this option and enter the IP address of the computer on the LAN whose
MAC you are cloning. It is advisable to clone the MAC address from a computer
on your LAN even if your ISP does not presently require MAC address
authentication.
Set WAN MAC
Address
Select this option and enter the MAC address you want to use.
Back
Click Back to return to the previous screen.
Next
Click Next to continue.
Exit
Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
67
Chapter 4 Connection Wizard
4.5 Connection Wizard: STEP 4: Bandwidth management
Bandwidth management allows you to control the amount of bandwidth going out through the
ZyXEL Device’s WAN, LAN or WLAN port and prioritize the distribution of the bandwidth
according to the traffic type. This helps keep one service from using all of the available
bandwidth and shutting out other users.
Figure 38 Wizard Step 4: Bandwidth Management
The following fields describe the label in this screen.
Table 20 Wizard Step 4: Bandwidth Management
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
Enable BM for all traffic
automatically
Select the check box to have the ZyXEL Device apply bandwidth
management to traffic going out through the ZyXEL Device’s WAN, LAN or
WLAN port. Bandwidth is allocated according to the traffic type
automatically. Real-time packets, such as VoIP traffic always get higher
priority.
Back
Click Back to return to the previous screen.
Next
Click Next to continue.
Exit
Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving.
4.6 Connection Wizard Complete
Click Apply to save your configuration.
68
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Chapter 4 Connection Wizard
Figure 39 Connection Wizard Save
Follow the on-screen instructions and click Finish to complete the wizard setup.
Figure 40 Connection Wizard Complete
Well done! You have successfully set up your ZyXEL Device to operate on your network and
access the Internet.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
69
Chapter 4 Connection Wizard
70
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
P ART III
Advanced
Wireless LAN (73)
WAN (89)
LAN (99)
DHCP Server (105)
Network Address Translation (NAT) (109)
Dynamic DNS (119)
Firewall (121)
Content Filtering (127)
Static Route Screens (133)
Bandwidth Management (137)
Remote Management Screens (149)
Universal Plug-and-Play (UPnP) (155)
71
72
CHAPTER
Wireless LAN
This chapter discusses how to configure the wireless network settings in your ZyXEL Device.
See the appendices for more detailed information about wireless networks.
5.1 Wireless Network Overview
The following figure provides an example of a wireless network.
Figure 41 Example of a Wireless Network
The wireless network is the part in the blue circle. In this wireless network, devices A and B
are called wireless clients. The wireless clients use the access point (AP) to interact with other
devices (such as the printer) or with the Internet. Your ZyXEL Device is the AP.
Every wireless network must follow these basic guidelines.
• Every wireless client in the same wireless network must use the same SSID.
The SSID is the name of the wireless network. It stands for Service Set IDentity.
• If two wireless networks overlap, they should use different channels.
Like radio stations or television channels, each wireless network uses a specific channel,
or frequency, to send and receive information.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
73
Chapter 5 Wireless LAN
• Every wireless client in the same wireless network must use security compatible with the
AP.
Security stops unauthorized devices from using the wireless network. It can also protect
the information that is sent in the wireless network.
5.2 Wireless Security Overview
The following sections introduce different types of wireless security you can set up in the
wireless network.
5.2.1 SSID
Normally, the AP acts like a beacon and regularly broadcasts the SSID in the area. You can
hide the SSID instead, in which case the AP does not broadcast the SSID. In addition, you
should change the default SSID to something that is difficult to guess.
This type of security is fairly weak, however, because there are ways for unauthorized devices
to get the SSID. In addition, unauthorized devices can still see the information that is sent in
the wireless network.
5.2.2 MAC Address Filter
Every wireless client has a unique identification number, called a MAC address.1 A MAC
address is usually written using twelve hexadecimal characters2; for example, 00A0C5000002
or 00:A0:C5:00:00:02. To get the MAC address for each wireless client, see the appropriate
User’s Guide or other documentation.
You can use the MAC address filter to tell the AP which wireless clients are allowed or not
allowed to use the wireless network. If a wireless client is allowed to use the wireless network,
it still has to have the correct settings (SSID, channel, and security). If a wireless client is not
allowed to use the wireless network, it does not matter if it has the correct settings.
This type of security does not protect the information that is sent in the wireless network.
Furthermore, there are ways for unauthorized devices to get the MAC address of an authorized
wireless client. Then, they can use that MAC address to use the wireless network.
5.2.3 User Authentication
You can make every user log in to the wireless network before they can use it. This is called
user authentication. However, every wireless client in the wireless network has to support
IEEE 802.1x to do this.
For wireless networks, there are two typical places to store the user names and passwords for
each user.
• In the AP: this feature is called a local user database or a local database.
• In a RADIUS server: this is a server used in businesses more than in homes.
74
1.
Some wireless devices, such as scanners, can detect wireless networks but cannot use wireless networks.
These kinds of wireless devices might not have MAC addresses.
2.
Hexadecimal characters are 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, A, B, C, D, E, and F.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Chapter 5 Wireless LAN
If your AP does not provide a local user database and if you do not have a RADIUS server,
you cannot set up user names and passwords for your users.
Unauthorized devices can still see the information that is sent in the wireless network, even if
they cannot use the wireless network. Furthermore, there are ways for unauthorized wireless
users to get a valid user name and password. Then, they can use that user name and password
to use the wireless network.
Local user databases also have an additional limitation that is explained in the next section.
5.2.4 Encryption
Wireless networks can use encryption to protect the information that is sent in the wireless
network. Encryption is like a secret code. If you do not know the secret code, you cannot
understand the message.
The types of encryption you can choose depend on the type of user authentication. (See
Section 5.2.3 on page 74 for information about this.)
Table 21 Types of Encryption for Each Type of Authentication
Weakest
NO AUTHENTICATION
RADIUS SERVER
No Security
WPA
Static WEP
WPA-PSK
Strongest
WPA2-PSK
WPA2
For example, if the wireless network has a RADIUS server, you can choose WPA or WPA2.
If users do not log in to the wireless network, you can choose no encryption, Static WEP,
WPA-PSK, or WPA2-PSK.
Usually, you should set up the strongest encryption that every wireless client in the wireless
network supports. For example, suppose the AP does not have a local user database, and you
do not have a RADIUS server. Therefore, there is no user authentication. Suppose the wireless
network has two wireless clients. Device A only supports WEP, and device B supports WEP
and WPA. Therefore, you should set up Static WEP in the wireless network.
It is recommended that wireless networks use WPA-PSK, WPA, or stronger
encryption. IEEE 802.1x and WEP encryption are better than none at all, but it
is still possible for unauthorized devices to figure out the original information
pretty quickly.
It is not possible to use WPA-PSK, WPA or stronger encryption with a local
user database. In this case, it is better to set up stronger encryption with no
authentication than to set up weaker encryption with the local user database.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
75
Chapter 5 Wireless LAN
When you select WPA2 or WPA2-PSK in your ZyXEL Device, you can also select an option
(WPA Compatible) to support WPA as well. In this case, if some wireless clients support
WPA and some support WPA2, you should set up WPA2-PSK or WPA2 (depending on the
type of wireless network login) and select the WPA Compatible option in the ZyXEL Device.
Many types of encryption use a key to protect the information in the wireless network. The
longer the key, the stronger the encryption. Every wireless client in the wireless network must
have the same key.
5.3 Quality of Service
This section discusses the Quality of Service (QoS) features available on the ZyXEL Device.
5.3.1 WMM QoS
WMM (Wi-Fi MultiMedia) QoS (Quality of Service) ensures quality of service in wireless
networks. It controls WLAN transmission priority on packets to be transmitted over the
wireless network.
WMM QoS prioritizes wireless traffic according to delivery requirements. WMM QoS is a
part of the IEEE 802.11e QoS enhancement to certified Wi-Fi wireless networks.
On APs without WMM QoS, all traffic streams are given the same access priority to the
wireless network. If the introduction of another traffic stream creates a data transmission
demand that exceeds the current network capacity, then the new traffic stream reduces the
throughput of the other traffic streams.
The ZyXEL Device uses WMM QoS to prioritize traffic streams according to the IEEE 802.1q
tag or DSCP information in each packet’s header. The ZyXEL Device automatically
determines the priority to use for an individual traffic stream. This prevents reductions in data
transmission for applications that are sensitive to latency (delay) and jitter (variations in
delay).
5.3.1.1 WMM QoS Priorities
The following table describes the WMM QoS priority levels that the ZyXEL Device uses.
Table 22 WMM QoS Priorities
76
PRIORITY LEVEL
DESCRIPTION
voice
(WMM_VOICE)
Typically used for traffic that is especially sensitive to jitter. Use this priority
to reduce latency for improved voice quality.
video
(WMM_VIDEO)
Typically used for traffic which has some tolerance for jitter but needs to be
prioritized over other data traffic.
best effort
(WMM_BEST_EFFORT)
Typically used for traffic from applications or devices that lack QoS
capabilities. Use best effort priority for traffic that is less sensitive to latency,
but is affected by long delays, such as Internet surfing.
background
(WMM_BACKGROUND)
This is typically used for non-critical traffic such as bulk transfers and print
jobs that are allowed but that should not affect other applications and users.
Use background priority for applications that do not have strict latency and
throughput requirements.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Chapter 5 Wireless LAN
5.4 General Wireless LAN Screen
If you are configuring the ZyXEL Device from a computer connected to the
wireless LAN and you change the ZyXEL Device’s SSID, channel or security
settings, you will lose your wireless connection when you press Apply to
confirm. You must then change the wireless settings of your computer to
match the ZyXEL Device’s new settings.
Click Network > Wireless LAN to open the General screen.
Figure 42 Wireless General
The following table describes the general wireless LAN labels in this screen.
Table 23 Wireless General
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
Enable
Wireless LAN
Click the check box to activate wireless LAN.
Name(SSID)
(Service Set IDentity) The SSID identifies the Service Set with which a wireless
station is associated. Wireless stations associating to the access point (AP) must
have the same SSID. Enter a descriptive name (up to 32 printable 7-bit ASCII
characters) for the wireless LAN.
Hide SSID
Select this check box to hide the SSID in the outgoing beacon frame so a station
cannot obtain the SSID through scanning using a site survey tool.
Channel
Selection
Set the operating frequency/channel depending on your particular region.
Select a channel from the drop-down list box. The options vary depending on
whether you are using A or B/G frequency band and the country you are in.
Refer to the Connection Wizard chapter for more information on channels.
Operating
Channel
This displays the channel the ZyXEL Device is currently using.
Apply
Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device.
Reset
Click Reset to reload the previous configuration for this screen.
See the rest of this chapter for information on the other labels in this screen.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
77
Chapter 5 Wireless LAN
5.4.1 No Security
Select No Security to allow wireless stations to communicate with the access points without
any data encryption.
If you do not enable any wireless security on your ZyXEL Device, your network
is accessible to any wireless networking device that is within range.
Figure 43 Wireless: No Security
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 24 Wireless No Security
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
Security Mode
Choose No Security from the drop-down list box.
Apply
Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device.
Reset
Click Reset to reload the previous configuration for this screen.
5.4.2 WEP Encryption
WEP encryption scrambles the data transmitted between the wireless stations and the access
points to keep network communications private. It encrypts unicast and multicast
communications in a network. Both the wireless stations and the access points must use the
same WEP key.
Your ZyXEL Device allows you to configure up to four 64-bit or 128-bit WEP keys but only
one key can be enabled at any one time.
In order to configure and enable WEP encryption; click Network > Wireless LAN to display
the General screen. Select Static WEP from the Security Mode list.
78
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Chapter 5 Wireless LAN
Figure 44 Wireless: Static WEP Encryption
The following table describes the wireless LAN security labels in this screen.
Table 25 Wireless: Static WEP Encryption
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
Passphrase
Enter a passphrase (password phrase) of up to 32 printable characters and click
Generate. The ZyXEL Device automatically generates four different WEP keys and
displays them in the Key fields below.
WEP
Encryption
Select 64-bit WEP or 128-bit WEP to enable data encryption.
Authentication
Method
This field is activated when you select 64-bit WEP or 128-bit WEP in the WEP
Encryption field.
Select Auto, Open System or Shared Key from the drop-down list box.
ASCII
Select this option in order to enter ASCII characters as WEP key.
Hex
Select this option in order to enter hexadecimal characters as a WEP key.
The preceding "0x", that identifies a hexadecimal key, is entered automatically.
Key 1 to Key 4
The WEP keys are used to encrypt data. Both the ZyXEL Device and the wireless
stations must use the same WEP key for data transmission.
If you chose 64-bit WEP, then enter any 5 ASCII characters or 10 hexadecimal
characters ("0-9", "A-F").
If you chose 128-bit WEP, then enter 13 ASCII characters or 26 hexadecimal
characters ("0-9", "A-F").
You must configure at least one key, only one key can be activated at any one time.
The default key is key 1.
Apply
Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device.
Reset
Click Reset to reload the previous configuration for this screen.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
79
Chapter 5 Wireless LAN
5.4.3 WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK
Click Network > Wireless LAN to display the General screen.
Figure 45 Wireless: WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 26 Wireless: WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
WPA Compatible
This check box is available only when you select WPA2-PSK or WPA2 in the
Security Mode field.
Select the check box to have both WPA2 and WPA wireless clients be able to
communicate with the ZyXEL Device even when the ZyXEL Device is using
WPA2-PSK or WPA2.
Pre-Shared Key
The encryption mechanisms used for WPA/WPA2 and WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK
are the same. The only difference between the two is that WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK
uses a simple common password, instead of user-specific credentials.
Type a pre-shared key from 8 to 63 case-sensitive ASCII characters (including
spaces and symbols).
ReAuthentication
Timer (in
seconds)
Specify how often wireless stations have to resend usernames and passwords in
order to stay connected. Enter a time interval between 10 and 9999 seconds. The
default time interval is 1800 seconds (30 minutes).
Note: If wireless station authentication is done using a RADIUS
server, the reauthentication timer on the RADIUS server has
priority.
Idle Timeout
80
The ZyXEL Device automatically disconnects a wireless station from the wired
network after a period of inactivity. The wireless station needs to enter the
username and password again before access to the wired network is allowed. The
default time interval is 3600 seconds (or 1 hour).
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Chapter 5 Wireless LAN
Table 26 Wireless: WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
Group Key
Update Timer
The Group Key Update Timer is the rate at which the AP (if using WPA-PSK/
WPA2-PSK key management) or RADIUS server (if using WPA/WPA2 key
management) sends a new group key out to all clients. The re-keying process is
the WPA/WPA2 equivalent of automatically changing the WEP key for an AP and
all stations in a WLAN on a periodic basis. Setting of the Group Key Update
Timer is also supported in WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK mode. The default is 1800
seconds (30 minutes).
Apply
Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device.
Reset
Click Reset to reload the previous configuration for this screen.
5.4.4 WPA/WPA2
Click Network > Wireless LAN to display the General screen.
Figure 46 Wireless: WPA/WPA2
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
81
Chapter 5 Wireless LAN
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 27 Wireless: WPA/WPA2
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
WPA Compatible
This check box is available only when you select WPA2-PSK or WPA2 in the
Security Mode field.
Select the check box to have both WPA2 and WPA wireless clients be able to
communicate with the ZyXEL Device even when the ZyXEL Device is using
WPA2-PSK or WPA2.
ReAuthentication
Timer (in seconds)
Specify how often wireless stations have to resend usernames and passwords in
order to stay connected. Enter a time interval between 10 and 9999 seconds.
The default time interval is 1800 seconds (30 minutes).
Note: If wireless station authentication is done using a RADIUS
server, the reauthentication timer on the RADIUS server
has priority.
Idle Timeout
The ZyXEL Device automatically disconnects a wireless station from the wired
network after a period of inactivity. The wireless station needs to enter the
username and password again before access to the wired network is allowed.
The default time interval is 3600 seconds (or 1 hour).
Group Key Update
Timer
The Group Key Update Timer is the rate at which the AP (if using WPA-PSK/
WPA2-PSK key management) or RADIUS server (if using WPA/WPA2 key
management) sends a new group key out to all clients. The re-keying process is
the WPA/WPA2 equivalent of automatically changing the WEP key for an AP
and all stations in a WLAN on a periodic basis. Setting of the Group Key Update
Timer is also supported in WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK mode. The ZyXEL Device
default is 1800 seconds (30 minutes).
Authentication Server
IP Address
Enter the IP address of the external authentication server in dotted decimal
notation.
Port Number
Enter the port number of the external authentication server. The default port
number is 1812.
You need not change this value unless your network administrator instructs you
to do so with additional information.
Shared Secret
Enter a password (up to 31 alphanumeric characters) as the key to be shared
between the external authentication server and the ZyXEL Device.
The key must be the same on the external authentication server and your ZyXEL
Device. The key is not sent over the network.
Accounting Server
82
Active
Select Yes from the drop down list box to enable user accounting through an
external authentication server.
IP Address
Enter the IP address of the external accounting server in dotted decimal notation.
Port Number
Enter the port number of the external accounting server. The default port number
is 1813.
You need not change this value unless your network administrator instructs you
to do so with additional information.
Shared Secret
Enter a password (up to 31 alphanumeric characters) as the key to be shared
between the external accounting server and the ZyXEL Device.
The key must be the same on the external accounting server and your ZyXEL
Device. The key is not sent over the network.
Apply
Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device.
Reset
Click Reset to reload the previous configuration for this screen.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Chapter 5 Wireless LAN
5.5 MAC Filter
The MAC filter screen allows you to configure the ZyXEL Device to give exclusive access to
up to 32 devices (Allow) or exclude up to 32 devices from accessing the ZyXEL Device
(Deny). Every Ethernet device has a unique MAC (Media Access Control) address. The MAC
address is assigned at the factory and consists of six pairs of hexadecimal characters, for
example, 00:A0:C5:00:00:02. You need to know the MAC address of the devices to configure
this screen.
To change your ZyXEL Device’s MAC filter settings, click Network > Wireless LAN >
MAC Filter. The screen appears as shown.
Figure 47 MAC Address Filter
The following table describes the labels in this menu.
Table 28 MAC Address Filter
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
Active
Select Yes from the drop down list box to enable MAC address filtering.
Filter Action
Define the filter action for the list of MAC addresses in the MAC Address table.
Select Deny to block access to the ZyXEL Device, MAC addresses not listed will be
allowed to access the ZyXEL Device
Select Allow to permit access to the ZyXEL Device, MAC addresses not listed will be
denied access to the ZyXEL Device.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
83
Chapter 5 Wireless LAN
Table 28 MAC Address Filter
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
Set
This is the index number of the MAC address.
MAC
Address
Enter the MAC addresses of the wireless station that are allowed or denied access to
the ZyXEL Device in these address fields. Enter the MAC addresses in a valid MAC
address format, that is, six hexadecimal character pairs, for example,
12:34:56:78:9a:bc.
Apply
Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device.
Reset
Click Reset to reload the previous configuration for this screen.
5.6 Wireless LAN Advanced Screen
Click Network > Wireless LAN > Advanced. The screen appears as shown.
Figure 48 Wireless LAN Advanced
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 29 Wireless LAN Advanced
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
Wireless Advanced Setup
84
RTS/CTS
Threshold
Data with its frame size larger than this value will perform the RTS (Request To
Send)/CTS (Clear To Send) handshake.
If the RTS/CTS value is greater than the Fragmentation Threshold value, then the
RTS/CTS handshake will never occur as data frames will be fragmented before they
reach RTS/CTS size.
Enter a value between 0 and 2432.
Fragmentation
Threshold
It is the maximum data fragment size that can be sent. Enter a value between 256
and 2432.
Output Power
Set the output power of the ZyXEL Device in this field. If there is a high density of
APs within an area, decrease the output power of the ZyXEL Device to reduce
interference with other APs.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Chapter 5 Wireless LAN
Table 29 Wireless LAN Advanced
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
802.11 Mode
Select 802.11b to allow only IEEE 802.11b compliant WLAN devices to associate
with the ZyXEL Device.
Select 802.11g to allow only IEEE 802.11g compliant WLAN devices to associate
with the ZyXEL Device.
Select 802.11b/g to allow either IEEE802.11b or IEEE802.11g compliant WLAN
devices to associate with the ZyXEL Device. The transmission rate of your ZyXEL
Device might be reduced.
Super G Mode
Use this field to enable or disable the Super G function. Super G mode is available
only if you select 802.11g or 802.11b/g in the 802.11 Mode field.
Super G provides higher data transmission rates than 802.11g.
Select Disabled if your wireless clients do not support Super G.
Select Super G with Dynamic Turbo if some or all of your wireless clients support
Super G with Dynamic Turbo. Dynamic Turbo uses two channels bonded together to
achive higher transmission rates than 802.11g or Super G without Dynamic Turbo.
Dynamic turbo is on only when all wireless devices on the network support it. The
wireless channel is automatically fixed at 6 if you select this mode.
Select Super G without Turbo if the wireless clients on your network support Super
G but do not support dynamic turbo.
Apply
Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device.
Reset
Click Reset to reload the previous configuration for this screen.
5.7 Quality of Service (QoS) Screen
The QoS screen allows you to automatically give a service (such as e-mail, VoIP or FTP) a
priority level.
Click Network > Wireless LAN > QoS. The following screen appears.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
85
Chapter 5 Wireless LAN
Figure 49 Wireless LAN QoS
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 30 Wireless LAN QoS
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
Enable WMM QoS
Select this to turn on WMM QoS (Wireless MultiMedia Quality of
Service). The ZyXEL Device assigns priority to packets based on
the 802.1q or DSCP information in their headers. If a packet has no
WMM information in its header, it is assigned the default priority.
WMM QoS Policy
Select Default to have the ZyXEL Device automatically give a
service a priority level according to the ToS value in the IP header
of packets it sends. WMM QoS (Wifi MultiMedia Quality of Service)
gives high priority to voice and video, which makes them run more
smoothly.
Select Application Priority from the drop-down list box to display a
table of application names, services, ports and priorities to which
you want to apply WMM QoS.
The table appears only if you select Application Priority in WMM
QoS Policy.
86
This is the number of an individual application entry.
Name
This field displays a description given to an application entry.
Service
This field displays either FTP, WWW, E-mail or a User Defined
service to which you want to apply WMM QoS.
Dest Port
This field displays the destination port number to which the
application sends traffic.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Chapter 5 Wireless LAN
Table 30 Wireless LAN QoS (continued)
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
Priority
This field displays the priority of the application.
Highest - Typically used for voice or video that should be highquality.
High - Typically used for voice or video that can be medium-quality.
Mid - Typically used for applications that do not fit into another
priority. For example, Internet surfing.
Low - Typically used for non-critical “background” applications,
such as large file transfers and print jobs that should not affect
other applications.
Modify
Click the Edit icon to open the Application Priority Configuration
screen. Modify an existing application entry or create a application
entry in the Application Priority Configuration screen.
Click the Remove icon to delete an application entry.
Apply
Click Apply to save your changes to the ZyXEL Device.
5.7.1 Application Priority Configuration
Use this screen to edit a WMM QoS application entry. Click the edit icon under Modify. The
following screen displays.
Figure 50 Application Priority Configuration
See Appendix I on page 257 for a list of commonly-used services and destination ports. The
following table describes the fields in this screen.
Table 31 Application Priority Configuration
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
Application Priority Configuration
Name
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Type a description of the application priority.
87
Chapter 5 Wireless LAN
Table 31 Application Priority Configuration (continued)
88
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
Service
The following is a description of the applications you can prioritize with WMM
QoS. Select a service from the drop-down list box.
• E-Mail
Electronic mail consists of messages sent through a computer network to
specific groups or individuals. Here are some default ports for e-mail:
POP3 - port 110
IMAP - port 143
SMTP - port 25
HTTP - port 80
• FTP
File Transfer Protocol enables fast transfer of files, including large files that it
may not be possible to send via e-mail. FTP uses port number 21.
• WWW
The World Wide Web is an Internet system to distribute graphical, hyperlinked information, based on Hyper Text Transfer Protocol (HTTP) - a client/
server protocol for the World Wide Web. The Web is not synonymous with the
Internet; rather, it is just one service on the Internet. Other services on the
Internet include Internet Relay Chat and Newsgroups. The Web is accessed
through use of a browser.
• User-Defined
User-defined services are user specific services configured using known ports
and applications.
Dest Port
This displays the port the selected service uses. Type a port number in the
field provided if you want to use a different port to the default port.
Priority
Select a priority from the drop-down list box.
Apply
Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device.
Cancel
Click Cancel to return to the previous screen.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
CHAPTER
WAN
This chapter describes how to configure WAN settings.
6.1 WAN Overview
See the chapter about the connection wizard for more information on the fields in the WAN
screens.
6.2 WAN MAC Address
The MAC address screen allows users to configure the WAN port's MAC address by either
using the factory default or cloning the MAC address from a computer on your LAN. Choose
Factory Default to select the factory assigned default MAC Address.
Otherwise, click Clone the computer's MAC address - IP Address and enter the IP address
of the computer on the LAN whose MAC you are cloning. Once it is successfully configured,
the address will be copied to the rom file (ZyNOS configuration file). It will not change unless
you change the setting or upload a different ROM file. It is recommended that you clone the
MAC address prior to hooking up the WAN Port.
6.3 Multicast
Traditionally, IP packets are transmitted in one of either two ways - Unicast (1 sender - 1
recipient) or Broadcast (1 sender - everybody on the network). Multicast delivers IP packets to
a group of hosts on the network - not everybody and not just 1.
IGMP (Internet Group Multicast Protocol) is a network-layer protocol used to establish
membership in a Multicast group - it is not used to carry user data. IGMP version 2 (RFC
2236) is an improvement over version 1 (RFC 1112) but IGMP version 1 is still in wide use. If
you would like to read more detailed information about interoperability between IGMP
version 2 and version 1, please see sections 4 and 5 of RFC 2236. The class D IP address is
used to identify host groups and can be in the range 224.0.0.0 to 239.255.255.255. The address
224.0.0.0 is not assigned to any group and is used by IP multicast computers. The address
224.0.0.1 is used for query messages and is assigned to the permanent group of all IP hosts
(including gateways). All hosts must join the 224.0.0.1 group in order to participate in IGMP.
The address 224.0.0.2 is assigned to the multicast routers group.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
89
Chapter 6 WAN
The ZyXEL Device supports both IGMP version 1 (IGMP-v1) and IGMP version 2 (IGMPv2). At start up, the ZyXEL Device queries all directly connected networks to gather group
membership. After that, the ZyXEL Device periodically updates this information. IP
multicasting can be enabled/disabled on the ZyXEL Device LAN and/or WAN interfaces in
the web configurator (LAN; WAN). Select None to disable IP multicasting on these
interfaces.
6.4 Internet Connection
Use this screen to change your ZyXEL Device’s Internet access settings. Click Network >
WAN. The screen differs according to the encapsulation you choose.
6.4.1 Ethernet Encapsulation
This screen displays when you select Ethernet encapsulation.
Figure 51 Ethernet Encapsulation
90
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Chapter 6 WAN
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 32 Ethernet Encapsulation
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
Encapsulation
You must choose the Ethernet option when the WAN port is used as a regular
Ethernet.
Service Type
Choose from Standard, RR-Telstra (RoadRunner Telstra authentication
method), RR-Manager (Roadrunner Manager authentication method), RRToshiba (Roadrunner Toshiba authentication method) or Telia Login.
The following fields do not appear with the Standard service type.
User Name
Type the user name given to you by your ISP.
Password
Type the password associated with the user name above.
Retype to Confirm
Type your password again to make sure that you have entered is correctly.
Login Server IP
Address
Type the authentication server IP address here if your ISP gave you one.
This field is not available for Telia Login.
Login Server
(Telia Login only)
Type the domain name of the Telia login server, for example login1.telia.com.
Relogin
Every(min) (Telia
Login only)
The Telia server logs the ZyXEL Device out if the ZyXEL Device does not log in
periodically. Type the number of minutes from 1 to 59 (30 default) for the ZyXEL
Device to wait between logins.
WAN IP Address Assignment
Get automatically
from ISP
Select this option If your ISP did not assign you a fixed IP address. This is the
default selection.
Use Fixed IP
Address
Select this option If the ISP assigned a fixed IP address.
IP Address
Enter your WAN IP address in this field if you selected Use Fixed IP Address.
IP Subnet
Mask
Enter the IP Subnet Mask in this field.
Gateway IP
Address
Enter a Gateway IP Address (if your ISP gave you one) in this field.
DNS Servers
First DNS Server
Second DNS
Server
Third DNS Server
Select From ISP if your ISP dynamically assigns DNS server information (and the
ZyXEL Device's WAN IP address). The field to the right displays the (read-only)
DNS server IP address that the ISP assigns.
Select User-Defined if you have the IP address of a DNS server. Enter the DNS
server's IP address in the field to the right. If you chose User-Defined, but leave
the IP address set to 0.0.0.0, User-Defined changes to None after you click
Apply. If you set a second choice to User-Defined, and enter the same IP
address, the second User-Defined changes to None after you click Apply.
Select None if you do not want to configure DNS servers. If you do not configure
a DNS server, you must know the IP address of a computer in order to access it.
WAN MAC
Address
The MAC address section allows users to configure the WAN port's MAC address
by either using the ZyXEL Device’s MAC address, copying the MAC address from
a computer on your LAN or manually entering a MAC address.
Factory default
Select Factory default to use the factory assigned default MAC Address.
Clone the
computer’s MAC
address
Select Clone the computer's MAC address - IP Address and enter the IP
address of the computer on the LAN whose MAC you are cloning. Once it is
successfully configured, the address will be copied to the rom file (ZyNOS
configuration file). It will not change unless you change the setting or upload a
different ROM file.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
91
Chapter 6 WAN
Table 32 Ethernet Encapsulation
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
Set WAN MAC
Address
Select this option and enter the MAC address you want to use.
Apply
Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device.
Reset
Click Reset to begin configuring this screen afresh.
6.4.2 PPPoE Encapsulation
The ZyXEL Device supports PPPoE (Point-to-Point Protocol over Ethernet). PPPoE is an
IETF standard (RFC 2516) specifying how a personal computer (PC) interacts with a
broadband modem (DSL, cable, wireless, etc.) connection. The PPP over Ethernet option is
for a dial-up connection using PPPoE.
For the service provider, PPPoE offers an access and authentication method that works with
existing access control systems (for example Radius).
One of the benefits of PPPoE is the ability to let you access one of multiple network services,
a function known as dynamic service selection. This enables the service provider to easily
create and offer new IP services for individuals.
Operationally, PPPoE saves significant effort for both you and the ISP or carrier, as it requires
no specific configuration of the broadband modem at the customer site.
By implementing PPPoE directly on the ZyXEL Device (rather than individual computers),
the computers on the LAN do not need PPPoE software installed, since the ZyXEL Device
does that part of the task. Furthermore, with NAT, all of the LANs’ computers will have
access.
This screen displays when you select PPPoE encapsulation.
92
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Chapter 6 WAN
Figure 52 PPPoE Encapsulation
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 33 PPPoE Encapsulation
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
ISP Parameters for Internet Access
Encapsulation
The PPP over Ethernet choice is for a dial-up connection using PPPoE. The
ZyXEL Device supports PPPoE (Point-to-Point Protocol over Ethernet). PPPoE is
an IETF Draft standard (RFC 2516) specifying how a personal computer (PC)
interacts with a broadband modem (i.e. xDSL, cable, wireless, etc.) connection.
Operationally, PPPoE saves significant effort for both the end user and ISP/carrier,
as it requires no specific configuration of the broadband modem at the customer
site. By implementing PPPoE directly on the router rather than individual
computers, the computers on the LAN do not need PPPoE software installed, since
the router does that part of the task. Further, with NAT, all of the LAN's computers
will have access.
Service Name
Type the PPPoE service name provided to you. PPPoE uses a service name to
identify and reach the PPPoE server.
User Name
Type the user name given to you by your ISP.
Password
Type the password associated with the user name above.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
93
Chapter 6 WAN
Table 33 PPPoE Encapsulation
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
Retype to
Confirm
Type your password again to make sure that you have entered is correctly.
Nailed-Up
Connection
Select Nailed-Up Connection if you do not want the connection to time out.
Idle Timeout
This value specifies the time in seconds that elapses before the router
automatically disconnects from the PPPoE server.
WAN IP Address Assignment
Get automatically
from ISP
Select this option If your ISP did not assign you a fixed IP address. This is the
default selection.
Use Fixed IP
Address
Select this option If the ISP assigned a fixed IP address.
My WAN IP
Address
Enter your WAN IP address in this field if you selected Use Fixed IP Address.
Remote IP
Address
Enter the remote IP address (if your ISP gave you one) in this field.
Remote IP
Subnet Mask
Enter the remote IP subnet mask in this field.
DNS Servers
First DNS Server
Second DNS
Server
Third DNS Server
Select From ISP if your ISP dynamically assigns DNS server information (and the
ZyXEL Device's WAN IP address). The field to the right displays the (read-only)
DNS server IP address that the ISP assigns.
Select User-Defined if you have the IP address of a DNS server. Enter the DNS
server's IP address in the field to the right. If you chose User-Defined, but leave
the IP address set to 0.0.0.0, User-Defined changes to None after you click
Apply. If you set a second choice to User-Defined, and enter the same IP
address, the second User-Defined changes to None after you click Apply.
Select None if you do not want to configure DNS servers. If you do not configure a
DNS server, you must know the IP address of a computer in order to access it.
WAN MAC
Address
The MAC address section allows users to configure the WAN port's MAC address
by using the ZyXEL Device’s MAC address, copying the MAC address from a
computer on your LAN or manually entering a MAC address.
Factory default
Select Factory default to use the factory assigned default MAC Address.
Clone the
computer’s MAC
address
Select Clone the computer's MAC address - IP Address and enter the IP
address of the computer on the LAN whose MAC you are cloning. Once it is
successfully configured, the address will be copied to the rom file (ZyNOS
configuration file). It will not change unless you change the setting or upload a
different ROM file.
Set WAN MAC
Address
Select this option and enter the MAC address you want to use.
Apply
Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device.
Reset
Click Reset to begin configuring this screen afresh.
6.4.3 PPTP Encapsulation
Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP) is a network protocol that enables secure transfer of
data from a remote client to a private server, creating a Virtual Private Network (VPN) using
TCP/IP-based networks.
94
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Chapter 6 WAN
PPTP supports on-demand, multi-protocol and virtual private networking over public
networks, such as the Internet.
This screen displays when you select PPTP encapsulation.
Figure 53 PPTP Encapsulation
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
95
Chapter 6 WAN
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 34 PPTP Encapsulation
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
ISP Parameters for Internet Access
Encapsulation
Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP) is a network protocol that enables
secure transfer of data from a remote client to a private server, creating a
Virtual Private Network (VPN) using TCP/IP-based networks. PPTP supports
on-demand, multi-protocol, and virtual private networking over public
networks, such as the Internet. The ZyXEL Device supports only one PPTP
server connection at any given time.
To configure a PPTP client, you must configure the User Name and
Password fields for a PPP connection and the PPTP parameters for a PPTP
connection.
User Name
Type the user name given to you by your ISP.
Password
Type the password associated with the User Name above.
Retype to Confirm
Type your password again to make sure that you have entered is correctly.
Nailed-up Connection
Select Nailed-Up Connection if you do not want the connection to time out.
Idle Timeout
This value specifies the time in seconds that elapses before the ZyXEL
Device automatically disconnects from the PPTP server.
PPTP Configuration
Get automatically from
ISP
Select this option If your ISP did not assign you a fixed IP address. This is the
default selection.
Use Fixed IP Address
Select this option If the ISP assigned a fixed IP address.
My IP Address
Type the (static) IP address assigned to you by your ISP.
My IP Subnet
Mask
Your ZyXEL Device will automatically calculate the subnet mask based on the
IP address that you assign. Unless you are implementing subnetting, use the
subnet mask computed by the ZyXEL Device.
Server IP Address
Type the IP address of the PPTP server.
Connection ID/
Name
Type your identification name for the PPTP server.
WAN IP Address Assignment
Get automatically from
ISP
Select this option If your ISP did not assign you a fixed IP address. This is the
default selection.
Use Fixed IP Address
Select this option If the ISP assigned a fixed IP address.
My WAN IP
Address
Enter your WAN IP address in this field if you selected Use Fixed IP
Address.
Remote IP
Address
Enter the remote IP address (if your ISP gave you one) in this field.
Remote IP Subnet
Mask
Enter the remote IP subnet mask in this field.
DNS Servers
96
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Chapter 6 WAN
Table 34 PPTP Encapsulation
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
First DNS Server
Second DNS Server
Third DNS Server
Select From ISP if your ISP dynamically assigns DNS server information (and
the ZyXEL Device's WAN IP address). The field to the right displays the (readonly) DNS server IP address that the ISP assigns.
Select User-Defined if you have the IP address of a DNS server. Enter the
DNS server's IP address in the field to the right. If you chose User-Defined,
but leave the IP address set to 0.0.0.0, User-Defined changes to None after
you click Apply. If you set a second choice to User-Defined, and enter the
same IP address, the second User-Defined changes to None after you click
Apply.
Select None if you do not want to configure DNS servers. If you do not
configure a DNS server, you must know the IP address of a computer in order
to access it.
WAN MAC Address
The MAC address section allows users to configure the WAN port's MAC
address by either using the ZyXEL Device’s MAC address, copying the MAC
address from a computer on your LAN or manually entering a MAC address.
Factory default
Select Factory default to use the factory assigned default MAC Address.
Clone the computer’s
MAC address
Select Clone the computer's MAC address - IP Address and enter the IP
address of the computer on the LAN whose MAC you are cloning. Once it is
successfully configured, the address will be copied to the rom file (ZyNOS
configuration file). It will not change unless you change the setting or upload a
different ROM file.
Set WAN MAC
Address
Select this option and enter the MAC address you want to use.
Apply
Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device.
Reset
Click Reset to begin configuring this screen afresh.
6.5 Advanced WAN Screen
To change your ZyXEL Device’s advanced WAN settings, click Network > WAN >
Advanced. The screen appears as shown.
Figure 54 WAN > Advanced
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
97
Chapter 6 WAN
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 35 WAN > Advanced
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
Multicast Setup
Multicast
Select IGMP V-1, IGMP V-2 or None. IGMP (Internet Group Multicast
Protocol) is a network-layer protocol used to establish membership in a
Multicast group - it is not used to carry user data. IGMP version 2 (RFC 2236)
is an improvement over version 1 (RFC 1112) but IGMP version 1 is still in
wide use. If you would like to read more detailed information about
interoperability between IGMP version 2 and version 1, please see sections 4
and 5 of RFC 2236.
Windows Networking (NetBIOS over TCP/IP): NetBIOS (Network Basic Input/Output System) are TCP
or UDP broadcast packets that enable a computer to connect to and communicate with a LAN. For
some dial-up services such as PPPoE or PPTP, NetBIOS packets cause unwanted calls. However it
may sometimes be necessary to allow NetBIOS packets to pass through to the WAN in order to find a
computer on the WAN.
98
Allow between LAN
and WAN
Select this check box to forward NetBIOS packets from the LAN to the WAN
and from the WAN to the LAN. If your firewall is enabled with the default
policy set to block WAN to LAN traffic, you also need to enable the default
WAN to LAN firewall rule that forwards NetBIOS traffic.
Clear this check box to block all NetBIOS packets going from the LAN to the
WAN and from the WAN to the LAN.
Allow Trigger Dial
Select this option to allow NetBIOS packets to initiate calls.
Apply
Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device.
Reset
Click Reset to begin configuring this screen afresh.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
CHAPTER
LAN
This chapter describes how to configure LAN settings.
7.1 LAN Overview
A Local Area Network (LAN) is a shared communication system to which many computers
are attached. A LAN is a computer network limited to the immediate area, usually the same
building or floor of a building. The LAN screens can help you configure a LAN DHCP server,
manage IP addresses, and partition your physical network into logical networks.
7.1.1 IP Pool Setup
The ZyXEL Device is pre-configured with a pool of 32 IP addresses starting from
192.168.1.33 to 192.168.1.64. This configuration leaves 31 IP addresses (excluding the
ZyXEL Device itself) in the lower range (192.168.1.2 to 192.168.1.32) for other server
computers, for instance, servers for mail, FTP, TFTP, web, etc., that you may have.
7.1.2 System DNS Servers
Refer to the IP address and subnet mask section in the Connection Wizard chapter.
7.2 LAN TCP/IP
The ZyXEL Device has built-in DHCP server capability that assigns IP addresses and DNS
servers to systems that support DHCP client capability.
7.2.1 Factory LAN Defaults
The LAN parameters of the ZyXEL Device are preset in the factory with the following values:
• IP address of 192.168.1.1 with subnet mask of 255.255.255.0 (24 bits)
• DHCP server enabled with 32 client IP addresses starting from 192.168.1.33.
These parameters should work for the majority of installations. If your ISP gives you explicit
DNS server address(es), read the embedded web configurator help regarding what fields need
to be configured.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
99
Chapter 7 LAN
7.2.2 IP Address and Subnet Mask
Refer to the IP address and subnet mask section in the Connection Wizard chapter for this
information.
7.2.3 Multicast
Traditionally, IP packets are transmitted in one of either two ways - Unicast (1 sender - 1
recipient) or Broadcast (1 sender - everybody on the network). Multicast delivers IP packets to
a group of hosts on the network - not everybody and not just 1.
IGMP (Internet Group Multicast Protocol) is a network-layer protocol used to establish
membership in a Multicast group - it is not used to carry user data. IGMP version 2 (RFC
2236) is an improvement over version 1 (RFC 1112) but IGMP version 1 is still in wide use. If
you would like to read more detailed information about interoperability between IGMP
version 2 and version 1, please see sections 4 and 5 of RFC 2236. The class D IP address is
used to identify host groups and can be in the range 224.0.0.0 to 239.255.255.255. The address
224.0.0.0 is not assigned to any group and is used by IP multicast computers. The address
224.0.0.1 is used for query messages and is assigned to the permanent group of all IP hosts
(including gateways). All hosts must join the 224.0.0.1 group in order to participate in IGMP.
The address 224.0.0.2 is assigned to the multicast routers group.
The ZyXEL Device supports both IGMP version 1 (IGMP-v1) and IGMP version 2 (IGMPv2). At start up, the ZyXEL Device queries all directly connected networks to gather group
membership. After that, the ZyXEL Device periodically updates this information. IP
multicasting can be enabled/disabled on the ZyXEL Device LAN and/or WAN interfaces in
the web configurator (LAN; WAN). Select None to disable IP multicasting on these
interfaces.
7.2.4 Any IP
Traditionally, you must set the IP addresses and the subnet masks of a computer and the
ZyXEL Device to be in the same subnet to allow the computer to access the Internet (through
the ZyXEL Device). In cases where your computer is required to use a static IP address in
another network, you may need to manually configure the network settings of the computer
every time you want to access the Internet via the ZyXEL Device.
With the Any IP feature and NAT enabled, the ZyXEL Device allows a computer to access the
Internet without changing the network settings (such as IP address and subnet mask) of the
computer, when the IP addresses of the computer and the ZyXEL Device are not in the same
subnet. Whether a computer is set to use a dynamic or static (fixed) IP address, you can simply
connect the computer to the ZyXEL Device and access the Internet.
The following figure depicts a scenario where a computer is set to use a static private IP
address in the corporate environment. In a residential house where a ZyXEL Device is
installed, you can still use the computer to access the Internet without changing the network
settings, even when the IP addresses of the computer and the ZyXEL Device are not in the
same subnet.
100
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Chapter 7 LAN
Figure 55 Any IP Example
The Any IP feature does not apply to a computer using either a dynamic IP address or a static
IP address that is in the same subnet as the ZyXEL Device’s IP address.
You must enable NAT to use the Any IP feature on the ZyXEL Device.
Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) is a protocol for mapping an Internet Protocol address (IP
address) to a physical machine address, also known as a Media Access Control or MAC
address, on the local area network. IP routing table is defined on IP Ethernet devices (the
ZyXEL Device) to decide which hop to use, to help forward data along to its specified
destination.
The following lists out the steps taken, when a computer tries to access the Internet for the first
time through the ZyXEL Device.
1 When a computer (which is in a different subnet) first attempts to access the Internet, it
sends packets to its default gateway (which is not the ZyXEL Device) by looking at the
MAC address in its ARP table.
2 When the computer cannot locate the default gateway, an ARP request is broadcast on
the LAN.
3 The ZyXEL Device receives the ARP request and replies to the computer with its own
MAC address.
4 The computer updates the MAC address for the default gateway to the ARP table. Once
the ARP table is updated, the computer is able to access the Internet through the ZyXEL
Device.
5 When the ZyXEL Device receives packets from the computer, it creates an entry in the
IP routing table so it can properly forward packets intended for the computer.
After all the routing information is updated, the computer can access the ZyXEL Device and
the Internet as if it is in the same subnet as the ZyXEL Device.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
101
Chapter 7 LAN
7.3 LAN IP Screen
Use this screen to change your basic LAN settings. Click Network > LAN.
Figure 56 LAN IP
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 36 LAN IP
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
LAN TCP/IP
IP Address
Type the IP address of your ZyXEL Device in dotted decimal notation
192.168.1.1 (factory default).
IP Subnet Mask
The subnet mask specifies the network number portion of an IP address. Your
ZyXEL Device will automatically calculate the subnet mask based on the IP
address that you assign. Unless you are implementing subnetting, use the
subnet mask computed by the ZyXEL Device.
Apply
Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device.
Reset
Click Reset to begin configuring this screen afresh.
7.4 LAN IP Alias
IP alias allows you to partition a physical network into different logical networks over the
same Ethernet interface. The ZyXEL Device supports three logical LAN interfaces via its
single physical Ethernet interface with the ZyXEL Device itself as the gateway for each LAN
network.
To change your ZyXEL Device’s IP alias settings, click Network > LAN > IP Alias. The
screen appears as shown.
102
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Chapter 7 LAN
Figure 57 LAN IP Alias
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 37 LAN IP Alias
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
IP Alias 1,2
Select the check box to configure another LAN network for the ZyXEL Device.
IP Address
Enter the IP address of your ZyXEL Device in dotted decimal notation.
IP Subnet Mask
Your ZyXEL Device will automatically calculate the subnet mask based on the IP
address that you assign. Unless you are implementing subnetting, use the
subnet mask computed by the ZyXEL Device.
Apply
Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device.
Reset
Click Reset to begin configuring this screen afresh.
7.5 Advanced LAN Screen
To change your ZyXEL Device’s advanced IP settings, click Network > LAN > Advanced.
The screen appears as shown.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
103
Chapter 7 LAN
Figure 58 Advanced LAN
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 38 Advanced LAN
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
Multicast
Select IGMP V-1 or IGMP V-2 or None. IGMP (Internet Group Multicast
Protocol) is a network-layer protocol used to establish membership in a
Multicast group - it is not used to carry user data. IGMP version 2 (RFC 2236)
is an improvement over version 1 (RFC 1112) but IGMP version 1 is still in
wide use. If you would like to read more detailed information about
interoperability between IGMP version 2 and version 1, please see sections 4
and 5 of RFC 2236.
Active
Select this if you want to let computers on different subnets use the ZyXEL
Device.
Windows Networking (NetBIOS over TCP/IP): NetBIOS (Network Basic Input/Output System) are TCP
or UDP broadcast packets that enable a computer to connect to and communicate with a LAN. For
some dial-up services such as PPPoE or PPTP, NetBIOS packets cause unwanted calls. However it
may sometimes be necessary to allow NetBIOS packets to pass through to the WAN in order to find a
computer on the WAN.
104
Allow between LAN
and WAN
Select this check box to forward NetBIOS packets from the LAN to the WAN
and from the WAN to the LAN. If your firewall is enabled with the default policy
set to block WAN to LAN traffic, you also need to enable the default WAN to
LAN firewall rule that forwards NetBIOS traffic.
Clear this check box to block all NetBIOS packets going from the LAN to the
WAN and from the WAN to the LAN.
Apply
Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device.
Reset
Click Reset to begin configuring this screen afresh.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
CHAPTER
DHCP Server
8.1 DHCP
DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol, RFC 2131 and RFC 2132) allows individual
clients to obtain TCP/IP configuration at start-up from a server. You can configure the ZyXEL
Device as a DHCP server or disable it. When configured as a server, the ZyXEL Device
provides the TCP/IP configuration for the clients. If DHCP service is disabled, you must have
another DHCP server on your LAN, or else the computer must be manually configured.
8.2 DHCP Server General Screen
Click Network > DHCP Server. The following screen displays.
Figure 59 DHCP Server General
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 39 DHCP Server General
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
Enable DHCP Server
DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol, RFC 2131 and RFC 2132)
allows individual clients (computers) to obtain TCP/IP configuration at startup
from a server. Leave the Enable DHCP Server check box selected unless
your ISP instructs you to do otherwise. Clear it to disable the ZyXEL Device
acting as a DHCP server. When configured as a server, the ZyXEL Device
provides TCP/IP configuration for the clients. If not, DHCP service is disabled
and you must have another DHCP server on your LAN, or else the computers
must be manually configured. When set as a server, fill in the following four
fields.
IP Pool Starting
Address
This field specifies the first of the contiguous addresses in the IP address
pool.
Pool Size
This field specifies the size, or count of the IP address pool.
Apply
Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device.
Reset
Click Reset to begin configuring this screen afresh.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
105
Chapter 8 DHCP Server
8.3 DHCP Server Advanced Screen
This screen allows you to assign IP addresses on the LAN to specific individual computers
based on their MAC addresses. You can also use this screen to configure the DNS server
information that the ZyXEL Device sends to the DHCP clients.
Every Ethernet device has a unique MAC (Media Access Control) address. The MAC address
is assigned at the factory and consists of six pairs of hexadecimal characters, for example,
00:A0:C5:00:00:02.
To change your ZyXEL Device’s static DHCP settings, click Network > DHCP Server >
Advanced. The following screen displays.
Figure 60 DHCP Server Advanced
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 40 DHCP Server Advanced
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
This is the index number of the static IP table entry (row).
MAC Address
Type the MAC address (with colons) of a computer on your LAN.
IP Address
Type the LAN IP address of a computer on your LAN.
DNS Servers Assigned by DHCP Server
The ZyXEL Device passes a DNS (Domain Name System) server IP address (in the order you specify
here) to the DHCP clients. The ZyXEL Device only passes this information to the LAN DHCP clients
when you select the Enable DHCP Server check box. When you clear the Enable DHCP Server
check box, DHCP service is disabled and you must have another DHCP sever on your LAN, or else the
computers must have their DNS server addresses manually configured.
106
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Chapter 8 DHCP Server
Table 40 DHCP Server Advanced
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
First DNS Server
Second DNS
Server
Third DNS Server
Select From ISP if your ISP dynamically assigns DNS server information (and
the ZyXEL Device's WAN IP address). The field to the right displays the (readonly) DNS server IP address that the ISP assigns.
Select User-Defined if you have the IP address of a DNS server. Enter the DNS
server's IP address in the field to the right. If you chose User-Defined, but leave
the IP address set to 0.0.0.0, User-Defined changes to None after you click
Apply. If you set a second choice to User-Defined, and enter the same IP
address, the second User-Defined changes to None after you click Apply.
Select DNS Relay to have the ZyXEL Device act as a DNS proxy. The ZyXEL
Device's LAN IP address displays in the field to the right (read-only). The ZyXEL
Device tells the DHCP clients on the LAN that the ZyXEL Device itself is the
DNS server. When a computer on the LAN sends a DNS query to the ZyXEL
Device, the ZyXEL Device forwards the query to the ZyXEL Device's system
DNS server (configured in the WAN > Internet Connection screen) and relays
the response back to the computer. You can only select DNS Relay for one of
the three servers; if you select DNS Relay for a second or third DNS server, that
choice changes to None after you click Apply.
Select None if you do not want to configure DNS servers. If you do not configure
a DNS server, you must know the IP address of a computer in order to access it.
Apply
Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device.
Reset
Click Reset to begin configuring this screen afresh.
8.4 Client List Screen
The DHCP table shows current DHCP client information (including IP Address, Host Name
and MAC Address) of all network clients using the ZyXEL Device’s DHCP server.
Configure this screen to always assign an IP address to a MAC address (and host name). Click
Network > DHCP Server > Client List.
You can also view a read-only client list by clicking the DHCP Table
(Details...) hyperlink in the Status screen.
The following screen displays.
Figure 61 Client List
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
107
Chapter 8 DHCP Server
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 41 Client List
108
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
This is the index number of the host computer.
IP Address
This field displays the IP address relative to the # field listed above.
Host Name
This field displays the computer host name.
MAC Address
The MAC (Media Access Control) or Ethernet address on a LAN (Local Area
Network) is unique to your computer (six pairs of hexadecimal notation).
A network interface card such as an Ethernet adapter has a hardwired
address that is assigned at the factory. This address follows an industry
standard that ensures no other adapter has a similar address.
Reserve
Select this check box to have the ZyXEL Device always assign this IP address
to this MAC address (and host name). After you click Apply, the MAC
address and IP address also display in the Advanced screen (where you can
edit them).
Refresh
Click Refresh to reload the DHCP table.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
CHAPTER
Network Address Translation
(NAT)
This chapter discusses how to configure NAT on the ZyXEL Device.
9.1 NAT Overview
NAT (Network Address Translation - NAT, RFC 1631) is the translation of the IP address of a
host in a packet. For example, the source address of an outgoing packet, used within one
network is changed to a different IP address known within another network.
9.2 Using NAT
You must create a firewall rule in addition to setting up NAT, to allow traffic
from the WAN to be forwarded through the ZyXEL Device.
9.2.1 Port Forwarding: Services and Port Numbers
A port forwarding set is a list of inside (behind NAT on the LAN) servers, for example, web or
FTP, that you can make accessible to the outside world even though NAT makes your whole
inside network appear as a single machine to the outside world.
Use the Application screen to forward incoming service requests to the server(s) on your local
network. You may enter a single port number or a range of port numbers to be forwarded, and
the local IP address of the desired server. The port number identifies a service; for example,
web service is on port 80 and FTP on port 21. In some cases, such as for unknown services or
where one server can support more than one service (for example both FTP and web service),
it might be better to specify a range of port numbers.
In addition to the servers for specified services, NAT supports a default server. A service
request that does not have a server explicitly designated for it is forwarded to the default
server. If the default is not defined, the service request is simply discarded.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
109
Chapter 9 Network Address Translation (NAT)
Many residential broadband ISP accounts do not allow you to run any server
processes (such as a Web or FTP server) from your location. Your ISP may
periodically check for servers and may suspend your account if it discovers
any active services at your location. If you are unsure, refer to your ISP.
9.2.2 Configuring Servers Behind Port Forwarding Example
Let's say you want to assign ports 21-25 to one FTP, Telnet and SMTP server (A in the
example), port 80 to another (B in the example) and assign a default server IP address of
192.168.1.35 to a third (C in the example). You assign the LAN IP addresses and the ISP
assigns the WAN IP address. The NAT network appears as a single host on the Internet
Figure 62 Multiple Servers Behind NAT Example
9.3 General NAT Screen
Click Network > NAT to open the General screen.
Figure 63 NAT General
110
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Chapter 9 Network Address Translation (NAT)
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 42 NAT General
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
Network Address
Translation
Network Address Translation (NAT) allows the translation of an Internet protocol
address used within one network (for example a private IP address used in a local
network) to a different IP address known within another network (for example a
public IP address used on the Internet).
Select the check box to enable NAT.
Default Server
In addition to the servers for specified services, NAT supports a default server. A
default server receives packets from ports that are not specified in the Application
screen.
If you do not assign a Default Server IP address, the ZyXEL Device discards all
packets received for ports that are not specified in the Application screen or
remote management.
Apply
Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device.
Reset
Click Reset to begin configuring this screen afresh.
9.4 NAT Application Screen
Port forwarding allows you to define the local servers to which the incoming services will be
forwarded. To change your ZyXEL Device’s port forwarding settings, click Network > NAT
> Application. The screen appears as shown.
If you do not assign a Default Server IP address in the NAT > General
screen, the ZyXEL Device discards all packets received for ports that are not
specified in this screen or remote management.
Refer to Appendix I on page 257 for port numbers commonly used for particular services.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
111
Chapter 9 Network Address Translation (NAT)
Figure 64 NAT Application
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 43 NAT Application
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
Game List Update A game list includes the pre-defined service name(s) and port number(s). You can
edit and upload it to the ZyXEL Device to replace the existing entries in the second
field next to Service Name.
File Path
Type in the location of the file you want to upload in this field or click Browse... to
find it.
Browse...
Click Browse... to find the.txt file you want to upload. Remember that you must
decompress compressed (.zip) files before you can upload them.
Update
Click Update to begin the upload process. This process may take up to two
minutes.
Add Application
Rule
112
Active
Select the check box to enable this rule and the requested service can be
forwarded to the host with a specified internal IP address.
Clear the checkbox to disallow forwarding of these ports to an inside server
without having to delete the entry.
Service Name
Type a name (of up to 31 printable characters) to identify this rule in the first field
next to Service Name. Otherwise, select a predefined service in the second field
next to Service Name. The predefined service name and port number(s) will
display in the Service Name and Port fields.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Chapter 9 Network Address Translation (NAT)
Table 43 NAT Application (continued)
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
Port
Type a port number(s) to be forwarded.
To specify a range of ports, enter a hyphen (-) between the first port and the last
port, such as 10-20.
To specify two or more non-consecutive port numbers, separate them by a comma
without spaces, such as 123,567.
Server IP Address Type the inside IP address of the server that receives packets from the port(s)
specified in the Port field.
Apply
Click Apply to save your changes to the Application Rules Summary table.
Reset
Click Reset to not save and return your new changes in the Service Name and
Port fields to the previous one.
Application Rules
Summary
This is the number of an individual port forwarding server entry.
Active
This icon is turned on when the rule is enabled.
Name
This field displays a name to identify this rule.
Port
This field displays the port number(s).
Server IP Address This field displays the inside IP address of the server.
Modify
Click the Edit icon to display and modify an existing rule setting in the fields under
Add Application Rule.
Click the Remove icon to delete a rule.
9.4.1 Game List Example
Here is an example game list text file. The index number, service name and associated port(s)
are specified by semi-colons (no spaces). Use the name=xxx (where xxx is the service name)
to create a new service. Port range can be separated with a hyphen (-) (no spaces). Multiple
(non-consecutive) ports can be separated by commas.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
113
Chapter 9 Network Address Translation (NAT)
Figure 65 Game List Example
version=1
1;name=Battlefield 1942;port=14567,22000,23000-23009,27900,28900
2;name=Call of Duty;port=28960
3;name=Civilization IV;port=2056
4;name=Diablo I and II;port=6112-6119,4000
5;name=Doom 3;port=27666
6;name=F.E.A.R;port=27888
7;name=Final Fantasy XI;port=25,80,110,443,50000-65535
8;name=Guild Wars;port=6112,80
9;name=Half Life;port=6003,7002,27005,27010,27011,27015
10;name=Jedi Knight III: Jedi Academy;port=28060-28062,28070-28081
11;name=Need for Speed: Hot Pursuit 2;port=1230,85118512,27900,28900,61200-61230
12;name=Neverwinter Nights;port=5120-5300,6500,27900,28900
13;name=Quake 2;port=27910
14;name=Quake 3;port=27660,27960
15;name=Rainbow Six 3: Raven Shield;port=7777-7787,8777-8787
16;name=Serious Sam II;port=25600-25605
17;name=Silent Hunter III;port=17997-18003
18;name=Soldier of Fortune II;port=20100-20112
19;name=Starcraft;port=6112-6119,4000
20;name=Star Trek: Elite Force II;port=29250,29256
21;name=SWAT 4;port=10480-10483
22;name=Warcraft II and III;port=6112-6119,4000
23;name=World of Warcraft;port=3724
9.5 Trigger Port Forwarding
Some services use a dedicated range of ports on the client side and a dedicated range of ports
on the server side. With regular port forwarding you set a forwarding port in NAT to forward a
service (coming in from the server on the WAN) to the IP address of a computer on the client
side (LAN). The problem is that port forwarding only forwards a service to a single LAN IP
address. In order to use the same service on a different LAN computer, you have to manually
replace the LAN computer's IP address in the forwarding port with another LAN computer's IP
address.
Trigger port forwarding solves this problem by allowing computers on the LAN to
dynamically take turns using the service. The ZyXEL Device records the IP address of a LAN
computer that sends traffic to the WAN to request a service with a specific port number and
protocol (a "trigger" port). When the ZyXEL Device's WAN port receives a response with a
specific port number and protocol ("incoming" port), the ZyXEL Device forwards the traffic
to the LAN IP address of the computer that sent the request. After that computer’s connection
for that service closes, another computer on the LAN can use the service in the same manner.
This way you do not need to configure a new IP address each time you want a different LAN
computer to use the application.
9.5.1 Trigger Port Forwarding Example
The following is an example of trigger port forwarding.
114
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Chapter 9 Network Address Translation (NAT)
Figure 66 Trigger Port Forwarding Process: Example
1 Jane requests a file from the Real Audio server (port 7070).
2 Port 7070 is a “trigger” port and causes the ZyXEL Device to record Jane’s computer IP
address. The ZyXEL Device associates Jane's computer IP address with the "incoming"
port range of 6970-7170.
3 The Real Audio server responds using a port number ranging between 6970-7170.
4 The ZyXEL Device forwards the traffic to Jane’s computer IP address.
5 Only Jane can connect to the Real Audio server until the connection is closed or times
out. The ZyXEL Device times out in three minutes with UDP (User Datagram Protocol),
or two hours with TCP/IP (Transfer Control Protocol/Internet Protocol).
9.5.2 Two Points To Remember About Trigger Ports
1 Trigger events only happen on data that is going coming from inside the ZyXEL Device
and going to the outside.
2 If an application needs a continuous data stream, that port (range) will be tied up so that
another computer on the LAN can’t trigger it.
9.6 NAT Advanced Screen
To change your ZyXEL Device’s trigger port settings, click Network > NAT > Advanced.
The screen appears as shown.
Only one LAN computer can use a trigger port (range) at a time.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
115
Chapter 9 Network Address Translation (NAT)
Figure 67 NAT Advanced
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 44 NAT Advanced
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
Max NAT/Firewall
Session Per User
Type a number ranging from 1 to 2048 to limit the number of NAT/firewall sessions
that a host can create.
When computers use peer to peer applications, such as file sharing
applications, they may use a large number of NAT sessions. If you do not
limit the number of NAT sessions a single client can establish, this can result in all
of the available NAT sessions being used. In this case, no additional NAT
sessions can be established, and users may not be able to access the Internet.
Each NAT session establishes a corresponding firewall session. Use this field to
limit the number of NAT/firewall sessions each client computer can establish
through the ZyXEL Device.
If your network has a small number of clients using peer to peer applications, you
can raise this number to ensure that their performance is not degraded by the
number of NAT sessions they can establish. If your network has a large number of
users using peer to peer applications, you can lower this number to ensure no
single client is using all of the available NAT sessions.
This is the rule index number (read-only).
Name
Type a unique name (up to 15 characters) for identification purposes. All
characters are permitted - including spaces.
Incoming
Incoming is a port (or a range of ports) that a server on the WAN uses when it
sends out a particular service. The ZyXEL Device forwards the traffic with this port
(or range of ports) to the client computer on the LAN that requested the service.
Start Port
116
Type a port number or the starting port number in a range of port numbers.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Chapter 9 Network Address Translation (NAT)
Table 44 NAT Advanced
LABEL
End Port
Trigger
DESCRIPTION
Type a port number or the ending port number in a range of port numbers.
The trigger port is a port (or a range of ports) that causes (or triggers) the ZyXEL
Device to record the IP address of the LAN computer that sent the traffic to a
server on the WAN.
Start Port
Type a port number or the starting port number in a range of port numbers.
End Port
Type a port number or the ending port number in a range of port numbers.
Apply
Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device.
Reset
Click Reset to begin configuring this screen afresh.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
117
Chapter 9 Network Address Translation (NAT)
118
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
CHAPTER
10
Dynamic DNS
10.1 Dynamic DNS Introduction
Dynamic DNS allows you to update your current dynamic IP address with one or many
dynamic DNS services so that anyone can contact you (in NetMeeting, CU-SeeMe, etc.). You
can also access your FTP server or Web site on your own computer using a domain name (for
instance myhost.dhs.org, where myhost is a name of your choice) that will never change
instead of using an IP address that changes each time you reconnect. Your friends or relatives
will always be able to call you even if they don't know your IP address.
First of all, you need to have registered a dynamic DNS account with www.dyndns.org. This is
for people with a dynamic IP from their ISP or DHCP server that would still like to have a
domain name. The Dynamic DNS service provider will give you a password or key.
10.1.1 DynDNS Wildcard
Enabling the wildcard feature for your host causes *.yourhost.dyndns.org to be aliased to the
same IP address as yourhost.dyndns.org. This feature is useful if you want to be able to use,
for example, www.yourhost.dyndns.org and still reach your hostname.
If you have a private WAN IP address, then you cannot use Dynamic DNS.
10.2 Dynamic DNS Screen
To change your ZyXEL Device’s DDNS, click Network > DDNS. The screen appears as
shown.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
119
Chapter 10 Dynamic DNS
Figure 68 Dynamic DNS
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 45 Dynamic DNS
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
Enable Dynamic DNS
Select this check box to use dynamic DNS.
Service Provider
Select the name of your Dynamic DNS service provider.
Dynamic DNS Type
Select the type of service that you are registered for from your Dynamic DNS
service provider.
Host Name
Enter a host names in the field provided. You can specify up to two host
names in the field separated by a comma (",").
User Name
Enter your user name.
Password
Enter the password assigned to you.
Enable Wildcard
Option
Select the check box to enable DynDNS Wildcard.
Enable off line option
This option is available when CustomDNS is selected in the DDNS Type
field. Check with your Dynamic DNS service provider to have traffic
redirected to a URL (that you can specify) while you are off line.
IP Address Update Policy:
120
Use WAN IP Address
Select this option to update the IP address of the host name(s) to the WAN IP
address.
Dynamic DNS server
auto detect IP Address
Select this option to update the IP address of the host name(s) automatically
by the DDNS server. It is recommended that you select this option.
Use specified IP
Address
Type the IP address of the host name(s). Use this if you have a static IP
address.
Apply
Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device.
Reset
Click Reset to begin configuring this screen afresh.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
CHAPTER
11
Firewall
This chapter gives some background information on firewalls and explains how to get started
with the ZyXEL Device’s firewall.
11.1 Introduction to ZyXEL’s Firewall
11.1.1 What is a Firewall?
Originally, the term “firewall” referred to a construction technique designed to prevent the
spread of fire from one room to another. The networking term "firewall" is a system or group
of systems that enforces an access-control policy between two networks. It may also be
defined as a mechanism used to protect a trusted network from a network that is not trusted. Of
course, firewalls cannot solve every security problem. A firewall is one of the mechanisms
used to establish a network security perimeter in support of a network security policy. It
should never be the only mechanism or method employed. For a firewall to guard effectively,
you must design and deploy it appropriately. This requires integrating the firewall into a broad
information-security policy. In addition, specific policies must be implemented within the
firewall itself.
11.1.2 Stateful Inspection Firewall
Stateful inspection firewalls restrict access by screening data packets against defined access
rules. They make access control decisions based on IP address and protocol. They also
"inspect" the session data to assure the integrity of the connection and to adapt to dynamic
protocols. These firewalls generally provide the best speed and transparency; however, they
may lack the granular application level access control or caching that some proxies support.
Firewalls, of one type or another, have become an integral part of standard security solutions
for enterprises.
11.1.3 About the ZyXEL Device Firewall
The ZyXEL Device firewall is a stateful inspection firewall and is designed to protect against
Denial of Service attacks when activated (click the General tab under Firewall and then click
the Enable Firewall check box). The ZyXEL Device's purpose is to allow a private Local
Area Network (LAN) to be securely connected to the Internet. The ZyXEL Device can be used
to prevent theft, destruction and modification of data, as well as log events, which may be
important to the security of your network.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
121
Chapter 11 Firewall
The ZyXEL Device is installed between the LAN and a broadband modem connecting to the
Internet. This allows it to act as a secure gateway for all data passing between the Internet and
the LAN.
The ZyXEL Device has one Ethernet WAN port and four Ethernet LAN ports, which are used
to physically separate the network into two areas.The WAN (Wide Area Network) port
attaches to the broadband (cable or DSL) modem to the Internet.
The LAN (Local Area Network) port attaches to a network of computers, which needs security
from the outside world. These computers will have access to Internet services such as e-mail,
FTP and the World Wide Web. However, "inbound access" is not allowed (by default) unless
the remote host is authorized to use a specific service.
11.1.4 Guidelines For Enhancing Security With Your Firewall
1 Change the default password via web configurator.
2 Think about access control before you connect to the network in any way, including
attaching a modem to the port.
3 Limit who can access your router.
4 Don't enable any local service (such as SNMP or NTP) that you don't use. Any enabled
service could present a potential security risk. A determined hacker might be able to find
creative ways to misuse the enabled services to access the firewall or the network.
5 For local services that are enabled, protect against misuse. Protect by configuring the
services to communicate only with specific peers, and protect by configuring rules to
block packets for the services at specific interfaces.
6 Protect against IP spoofing by making sure the firewall is active.
7 Keep the firewall in a secured (locked) room.
11.2 Triangle Routes
If an alternate gateway on the LAN has an IP address in the same subnet as the ZyXEL
Device’s LAN IP address, return traffic may not go through the ZyXEL Device. This is called
an asymmetrical or “triangle” route. This causes the ZyXEL Device to reset the connection, as
the connection has not been acknowledged.
You can have the ZyXEL Device permit the use of asymmetrical route topology on the
network (not reset the connection).
Allowing asymmetrical routes may let traffic from the WAN go directly to the LAN without
passing through the ZyXEL Device. A better solution is to use IP alias to put the ZyXEL
Device and the backup gateway on separate subnets.
11.2.1 Triangle Routes and IP Alias
You can use IP alias instead of allowing triangle routes. IP Alias allow you to partition your
network into logical sections over the same interface.
By putting your LAN and Gateway A in different subnets, all returning network traffic must
pass through the ZyXEL Device to your LAN. The following steps describe such a scenario.
122
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Chapter 11 Firewall
1 A computer on the LAN initiates a connection by sending a SYN packet to a receiving
server on the WAN.
2 The ZyXEL Device reroutes the packet to Gateway A, which is in Subnet 2.
3 The reply from the WAN goes to the ZyXEL Device.
4 The ZyXEL Device then sends it to the computer on the LAN in Subnet 1.
Figure 69 Using IP Alias to Solve the Triangle Route Problem
11.3 General Firewall Screen
Click Security > Firewall to open the General screen. Use this screen to enable or disable the
ZyXEL Device’s firewall, and set up firewall logs.
Figure 70 General
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 46 Firewall General
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
Enable Firewall
Select this check box to activate the firewall. The ZyXEL Device performs access
control and protects against Denial of Service (DoS) attacks when the firewall is
activated.
Packet Direction
This is the direction of travel of packets.
Firewall rules are grouped based on the direction of travel of packets to which they
apply.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
123
Chapter 11 Firewall
Table 46 Firewall General
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
Log
Select whether to create a log for packets that are traveling in the selected
direction when the packets are blocked or forwarded.
To log packets related to firewall rules, make sure that Access Control under Log
is selected in the Logs > Log Settings screen.
Apply
Click Apply to save the settings.
Reset
Click Reset to start configuring this screen again.
11.4 Services Screen
Click Security > Firewall > Services. The screen appears as shown next.
If an outside user attempts to probe an unsupported port on your ZyXEL Device, an ICMP
response packet is automatically returned. This allows the outside user to know the ZyXEL
Device exists. Use this screen to prevent the ICMP response packet from being sent. This
keeps outsiders from discovering your ZyXEL Device when unsupported ports are probed.
You can also use this screen to enable service blocking, enter/delete/modify the services you
want to block and the date/time you want to block them.
124
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Chapter 11 Firewall
Figure 71 Firewall Services
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 47 Firewall Services
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
ICMP
Internet Control Message Protocol is a message control and error-reporting
protocol between a host server and a gateway to the Internet. ICMP uses Internet
Protocol (IP) datagrams, but the messages are processed by the TCP/IP software
and directly apparent to the application user.
Respond to Ping
on
The ZyXEL Device will not respond to any incoming Ping requests when Disable
is selected. Select LAN to reply to incoming LAN Ping requests. Select WAN to
reply to incoming WAN Ping requests. Otherwise select LAN & WAN to reply to
both incoming LAN and WAN Ping requests.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
125
Chapter 11 Firewall
Table 47 Firewall Services
126
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
Do not respond to
requests for
unauthorized
services
Select this option to prevent hackers from finding the ZyXEL Device by probing for
unused ports. If you select this option, the ZyXEL Device will not respond to port
request(s) for unused ports, thus leaving the unused ports and the ZyXEL Device
unseen. By default this option is not selected and the ZyXEL Device will reply with
an ICMP Port Unreachable packet for a port probe on its unused UDP ports, and a
TCP Reset packet for a port probe on its unused TCP ports.
Note that the probing packets must first traverse the ZyXEL Device's firewall
mechanism before reaching this anti-probing mechanism. Therefore if the firewall
mechanism blocks a probing packet, the ZyXEL Device reacts based on the
firewall policy, which by default, is to send a TCP reset packet for a blocked TCP
packet. You can use the command "sys firewall tcprst rst [on|off]" to change this
policy. When the firewall mechanism blocks a UDP packet, it drops the packet
without sending a response packet.
Enable Services
Blocking
Select this check box to enable this feature.
Available
Services
This is a list of pre-defined services (ports) you may prohibit your LAN computers
from using. Select the port you want to block using the drop-down list and click
Add to add the port to the Blocked Services field.
Blocked Services
This is a list of services (ports) that will be inaccessible to computers on your LAN
once you enable service blocking.
Custom Port
A custom port is a service that is not available in the pre-defined Available
Services list and you must define using the next two fields.
Type
Choose the IP port (TCP or UDP) that defines your customized port from the drop
down list box.
Port Number
Enter the port number range that defines the service. For example, if you want to
define the Gnutella service, then select TCP type and enter a port range from
6345 to 6349.
Add
Select a service from the Available Services drop-down list and then click Add to
add a service to the Blocked Services
Delete
Select a service from the Blocked Services list and then click Delete to remove
this service from the list.
Clear All
Click Clear All to empty the Blocked Services.
Day to Block:
Select a check box to configure which days of the week (or everyday) you want
service blocking to be active.
Time of Day to
Block (24-Hour
Format)
Select the time of day you want service blocking to take effect. Configure blocking
to take effect all day by selecting All Day. You can also configure specific times by
selecting From and entering the start time in the Start (hour) and Start (min)
fields and the end time in the End (hour) and End (min) fields. Enter times in 24hour format, for example, "3:00pm" should be entered as "15:00".
Bypass Triangle
Route
Select this check box to have the ZyXEL Device firewall ignore the use of triangle
route topology on the network.
Max NAT/Firewall
Session Per User
Type a number ranging from 1 to 2048 to limit the number of NAT/firewall sessions
that a host can create.
Apply
Click Apply to save the settings.
Reset
Click Reset to start configuring this screen again.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
CHAPTER
12
Content Filtering
This chapter provides a brief overview of content filtering using the embedded web GUI.
12.1 Introduction to Content Filtering
Internet content filtering allows you to create and enforce Internet access policies tailored to
your needs. Content filtering is the ability to block certain web features or specific URL
keywords.
12.2 Restrict Web Features
The ZyXEL Device can block web features such as ActiveX controls, Java applets, cookies
and disable web proxies.
12.3 Days and Times
The ZyXEL Device also allows you to define time periods and days during which the ZyXEL
Device performs content filtering.
12.4 Filter Screen
Click Security > Content Filter to open the Filter screen.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
127
Chapter 12 Content Filtering
Figure 72 Content Filter: Filter
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 48 Content Filter: Filter
128
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
Trusted Computer
IP Address
To enable this feature, type an IP address of any one of the computers in your
network that you want to have as a trusted computer. This allows the trusted
computer to have full access to all features that are configured to be blocked by
content filtering.
Leave this field blank to have no trusted computers.
Restrict Web
Features
Select the box(es) to restrict a feature. When you download a page containing a
restricted feature, that part of the web page will appear blank or grayed out.
ActiveX
A tool for building dynamic and active Web pages and distributed object
applications. When you visit an ActiveX Web site, ActiveX controls are
downloaded to your browser, where they remain in case you visit the site again.
Java
A programming language and development environment for building
downloadable Web components or Internet and intranet business applications of
all kinds.
Cookies
Used by Web servers to track usage and provide service based on ID.
Web Proxy
A server that acts as an intermediary between a user and the Internet to provide
security, administrative control, and caching service. When a proxy server is
located on the WAN it is possible for LAN users to circumvent content filtering by
pointing to this proxy server.
Enable URL
Keyword Blocking
The ZyXEL Device can block Web sites with URLs that contain certain keywords
in the domain name or IP address. For example, if the keyword "bad" was
enabled, all sites containing this keyword in the domain name or IP address will
be blocked, e.g., URL http://www.website.com/bad.html would be blocked. Select
this check box to enable this feature.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Chapter 12 Content Filtering
Table 48 Content Filter: Filter
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
Keyword
Type a keyword in this field. You may use any character (up to 64 characters).
Wildcards are not allowed. You can also enter a numerical IP address.
Keyword List
This list displays the keywords already added.
Add
Click Add after you have typed a keyword.
Repeat this procedure to add other keywords. Up to 64 keywords are allowed.
When you try to access a web page containing a keyword, you will get a
message telling you that the content filter is blocking this request.
Delete
Highlight a keyword in the lower box and click Delete to remove it. The keyword
disappears from the text box after you click Apply.
Clear All
Click this button to remove all of the listed keywords.
Message to display when a site is blocked.
Denied Access
Message
Enter a message to be displayed when a user tries to access a restricted web
site. The default message is “Please contact your network administrator!!”
Apply
Click Apply to save your changes.
Reset
Click Reset to begin configuring this screen afresh
12.5 Schedule
Use this screen to set the day(s) and time you want the ZyXEL Device to use content filtering.
Click Security > Content Filter > Schedule. The following screen displays.
Figure 73 Content Filter: Schedule
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
129
Chapter 12 Content Filtering
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 49 Content Filter: Schedule
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
Day to Block
Select check boxes for the days that you want the ZyXEL Device to perform
content filtering. Select the Everyday check box to have content filtering
turned on all days of the week.
Time of Day to Block
(24-Hour Format)
Time of Day to Block allows the administrator to define during which time
periods content filtering is enabled. Time of Day to Block restrictions only
apply to the keywords (see above). Restrict web server data, such as ActiveX,
Java, Cookies and Web Proxy are not affected.
Select All Day to have content filtering always active on the days selected in
Day to Block with time of day limitations not enforced.
Select From and enter the time period, in 24-hour format, during which
content filtering will be enforced.
Apply
Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen.
Reset
Click Reset to begin configuring this screen afresh
12.6 Customizing Keyword Blocking URL Checking
You can use commands to set how much of a website’s URL the content filter is to check for
keyword blocking. See the appendices for information on how to access and use the command
interpreter.
12.6.1 Domain Name or IP Address URL Checking
By default, the ZyXEL Device checks the URL’s domain name or IP address when performing
keyword blocking.
This means that the ZyXEL Device checks the characters that come before the first slash in the
URL.
For example, with the URL www.zyxel.com.tw/news/pressroom.php, content filtering only
searches for keywords within www.zyxel.com.tw.
12.6.2 Full Path URL Checking
Full path URL checking has the ZyXEL Device check the characters that come before the last
slash in the URL.
For example, with the URL www.zyxel.com.tw/news/pressroom.php, full path URL checking
searches for keywords within www.zyxel.com.tw/news/.
Use the ip urlfilter customize actionFlags 6 [disable | enable]
command to extend (or not extend) the keyword blocking search to include the URL's full
path.
12.6.3 File Name URL Checking
Filename URL checking has the ZyXEL Device check all of the characters in the URL.
130
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Chapter 12 Content Filtering
For example, filename URL checking searches for keywords within the URL
www.zyxel.com.tw/news/pressroom.php.
Use the ip urlfilter customize actionFlags 8 [disable | enable]
command to extend (or not extend) the keyword blocking search to include the URL's
complete filename.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
131
Chapter 12 Content Filtering
132
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
CHAPTER
13
Static Route Screens
This chapter shows you how to configure static routes for your ZyXEL Device.
13.1 Static Route Overview
Each remote node specifies only the network to which the gateway is directly connected, and
the ZyXEL Device has no knowledge of the networks beyond. For instance, the ZyXEL
Device knows about network N2 in the following figure through remote node router R1.
However, the ZyXEL Device is unable to route a packet to network N3 because it doesn't
know that there is a route through the same remote node router R1 (via gateway router R2).
The static routes are for you to tell the ZyXEL Device about the networks beyond the remote
nodes.
Figure 74 Example of Static Routing Topology
13.2 IP Static Route Screen
Click Management > Static Route to open the IP Static Route screen. The following screen
displays.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
133
Chapter 13 Static Route Screens
Figure 75 IP Static Route
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 50 IP Static Route
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
This is the index number of an individual static route. The first entry is for the
default route and not editable.
Name
This is the name that describes or identifies this route.
Active
This icon is turned on when this static route is active.
Click the Edit icon under Modify and select the Active checkbox in the Static
Route Setup screen to enable the static route. Clear the checkbox to disable this
static route without having to delete the entry.
Destination
This parameter specifies the IP network address of the final destination. Routing
is always based on network number.
Gateway
This is the IP address of the gateway. The gateway is an immediate neighbor of
your ZyXEL Device that will forward the packet to the destination. On the LAN, the
gateway must be a router on the same segment as your ZyXEL Device; over the
WAN, the gateway must be the IP address of one of the remote nodes.
Modify
Click the Edit icon to open the static route setup screen. Modify a static route or
create a new static route in the Static Route Setup screen.
Click the Remove icon to delete a static route.
13.2.1 Static Route Setup Screen
To edit a static route, click the edit icon under Modify. The following screen displays. Fill in
the required information for each static route.
134
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Chapter 13 Static Route Screens
Figure 76 Static Route Setup
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 51 Static Route Setup
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
Route Name
Enter the name of the IP static route. Leave this field blank to delete this static
route.
Active
This field allows you to activate/deactivate this static route.
Private
This parameter determines if the ZyXEL Device will include this route to a remote
node in its RIP broadcasts.
Select this check box to keep this route private and not included in RIP
broadcasts. Clear this checkbox to propagate this route to other hosts through RIP
broadcasts.
Destination IP
Address
This parameter specifies the IP network address of the final destination. Routing is
always based on network number. If you need to specify a route to a single host,
use a subnet mask of 255.255.255.255 in the subnet mask field to force the
network number to be identical to the host ID.
IP Subnet Mask
Enter the IP subnet mask here.
Gateway IP
Address
Enter the IP address of the gateway. The gateway is an immediate neighbor of
your ZyXEL Device that will forward the packet to the destination. On the LAN, the
gateway must be a router on the same segment as your ZyXEL Device; over the
WAN, the gateway must be the IP address of one of the Remote Nodes.
Metric
Metric represents the “cost” of transmission for routing purposes. IP routing uses
hop count as the measurement of cost, with a minimum of 1 for directly connected
networks. Enter a number that approximates the cost for this link. The number
need not be precise, but it must be between 1 and 15. In practice, 2 or 3 is usually
a good number.
Apply
Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device.
Cancel
Click Cancel to return to the previous screen and not save your changes.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
135
Chapter 13 Static Route Screens
136
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
CHAPTER
14
Bandwidth Management
This chapter contains information about configuring bandwidth management, editing rules and
viewing the ZyXEL Device’s bandwidth management logs.
14.1 Bandwidth Management Overview
ZyXEL’s Bandwidth Management allows you to specify bandwidth management rules based
on an application and/or subnet. You can allocate specific amounts of bandwidth capacity
(bandwidth budgets) to different bandwidth rules.
The ZyXEL Device applies bandwidth management to traffic that it forwards out through an
interface. The ZyXEL Device does not control the bandwidth of traffic that comes into an
interface.
Bandwidth management applies to all traffic flowing out of the router, regardless of the
traffic's source.
Traffic redirect or IP alias may cause LAN-to-LAN traffic to pass through the ZyXEL Device
and be managed by bandwidth management.
• The sum of the bandwidth allotments that apply to the WAN interface (LAN to WAN,
WLAN to WAN, WAN to WAN / ZyXEL Device) must be less than or equal to the
Upstream Bandwidth that you configure in the Bandwidth Management Advanced
screen.
• The sum of the bandwidth allotments that apply to the LAN port (WAN to LAN, WLAN
to LAN, LAN to LAN / ZyXEL Device) must be less than or equal to 100,000 kbps (you
cannot configure the bandwidth budget for the LAN port).
• The sum of the bandwidth allotments that apply to the WLAN port (LAN to WLAN,
WAN to WLAN, WLAN to WLAN / ZyXEL Device) must be less than or equal to 54,000
kbps (you cannot configure the bandwidth budget for the WLAN port).
14.2 Application-based Bandwidth Management
You can create bandwidth classes based on individual applications (like VoIP, Web, FTP, Email and Video for example).
14.3 Subnet-based Bandwidth Management
You can create bandwidth classes based on subnets.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
137
Chapter 14 Bandwidth Management
The following figure shows LAN subnets. You could configure one bandwidth class for
subnet A and another for subnet B.
Figure 77 Subnet-based Bandwidth Management Example
14.4 Application and Subnet-based Bandwidth Management
You could also create bandwidth classes based on a combination of a subnet and an
application. The following example table shows bandwidth allocations for application specific
traffic from separate LAN subnets.
Table 52 Application and Subnet-based Bandwidth Management Example
TRAFFIC TYPE
FROM SUBNET A
FROM SUBNET B
VoIP
64 Kbps
64 Kbps
Web
64 Kbps
64 Kbps
FTP
64 Kbps
64 Kbps
E-mail
64 Kbps
64 Kbps
Video
64 Kbps
64 Kbps
14.5 Bandwidth Management Priorities
The following table describes the priorities that you can apply to traffic that the ZyXEL
Device forwards out through an interface.
Table 53 Bandwidth Management Priorities
PRIORITY LEVELS: TRAFFIC WITH A HIGHER PRIORITY GETS THROUGH FASTER WHILE
TRAFFIC WITH A LOWER PRIORITY IS DROPPED IF THE NETWORK IS CONGESTED.
High
138
Typically used for voice traffic or video that is especially sensitive to jitter (jitter
is the variations in delay).
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Chapter 14 Bandwidth Management
Table 53 Bandwidth Management Priorities
PRIORITY LEVELS: TRAFFIC WITH A HIGHER PRIORITY GETS THROUGH FASTER WHILE
TRAFFIC WITH A LOWER PRIORITY IS DROPPED IF THE NETWORK IS CONGESTED.
Mid
Typically used for “excellent effort” or better than best effort and would include
important business traffic that can tolerate some delay.
Low
This is typically used for non-critical “background” traffic such as bulk
transfers that are allowed but that should not affect other applications and
users.
14.6 Predefined Bandwidth Management Services
The following is a description of the services that you can select and to which you can apply
media bandwidth management using the wizard screens.
Table 54 Media Bandwidth Management Setup: Services
SERVICE
DESCRIPTION
Xbox Live
This is Microsoft’s online gaming service that lets you play multiplayer Xbox
games on the Internet via broadband technology. Xbox Live uses port 3074.
VoIP (SIP)
Sending voice signals over the Internet is called Voice over IP or VoIP. Session
Initiated Protocol (SIP) is an internationally recognized standard for implementing
VoIP. SIP is an application-layer control (signaling) protocol that handles the
setting up, altering and tearing down of voice and multimedia sessions over the
Internet.
SIP is transported primarily over UDP but can also be transported over TCP,
using the default port number 5060.
FTP
File Transfer Program enables fast transfer of files, including large files that may
not be possible by e-mail. FTP uses port number 21.
E-Mail
Electronic mail consists of messages sent through a computer network to specific
groups or individuals. Here are some default ports for e-mail:
POP3 - port 110
IMAP - port 143
SMTP - port 25
HTTP - port 80
BitTorrent
BitTorrent is a free P2P (peer-to-peer) sharing tool allowing you to distribute large
software and media files using ports 6881 to 6889. BitTorrent requires you to
search for a file with a searching engine yourself. It distributes files by corporation
and trading, that is, the client downloads the file in small pieces and share the
pieces with other peers to get other half of the file.
MSN Webcam
MSN messenger allows you to chat online and send instant messages. If you use
MSN messenger and also have a webcam, you can send your image/photo in
real-time along with messages
WWW
The World Wide Web (WWW) is an Internet system to distribute graphical, hyperlinked information, based on Hyper Text Transfer Protocol (HTTP) - a client/server
protocol for the World Wide Web. The Web is not synonymous with the Internet;
rather, it is just one service on the Internet. Other services on the Internet include
Internet Relay Chat and Newsgroups. The Web is accessed through use of a
browser.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
139
Chapter 14 Bandwidth Management
14.6.1 Services and Port Numbers
The commonly used services and port numbers are shown in the following table. Please refer
to RFC 1700 for further information about port numbers. Next to the name of the service, two
fields appear in brackets. The first field indicates the IP protocol type (TCP, UDP, or ICMP).
The second field indicates the IP port number that defines the service. (Note that there may be
more than one IP protocol type. For example, look at the DNS service. (UDP/TCP:53) means
UDP port 53 and TCP port 53.
Table 55 Commonly Used Services
140
SERVICE
DESCRIPTION
AIM/New-ICQ(TCP:5190)
AOL’s Internet Messenger service, used as a listening port by ICQ.
AUTH(TCP:113)
Authentication protocol used by some servers.
BGP(TCP:179)
Border Gateway Protocol.
BOOTP_CLIENT(UDP:68)
DHCP Client.
BOOTP_SERVER(UDP:67)
DHCP Server.
CU-SEEME(TCP/UDP:7648,
24032)
A popular videoconferencing solution from White Pines Software.
DNS(UDP/TCP:53)
Domain Name Server, a service that matches web names (e.g.
www.zyxel.com) to IP numbers.
FINGER(TCP:79)
Finger is a UNIX or Internet related command that can be used to
find out if a user is logged on.
FTP(TCP:20.21)
File Transfer Program, a program to enable fast transfer of files,
including large files that may not be possible by e-mail.
H.323(TCP:1720)
NetMeeting uses this protocol.
HTTP(TCP:80)
Hyper Text Transfer Protocol - a client/server protocol for the world
wide web.
HTTPS(TCP:443)
HTTPS is a secured http session often used in e-commerce.
ICQ(UDP:4000)
This is a popular Internet chat program.
IKE(UDP:500)
The Internet Key Exchange algorithm is used for key distribution and
management.
IPSEC_TUNNEL(AH:0)
The IPSEC AH (Authentication Header) tunneling protocol uses this
service.
IPSEC_TUNNEL(ESP:0)
The IPSEC ESP (Encapsulation Security Protocol) tunneling protocol
uses this service.
IRC(TCP/UDP:6667)
This is another popular Internet chat program.
MSN Messenger(TCP:1863)
Microsoft Networks’ messenger service uses this protocol.
MULTICAST(IGMP:0)
Internet Group Multicast Protocol is used when sending packets to a
specific group of hosts.
NEW-ICQ(TCP:5190)
An Internet chat program.
NEWS(TCP:144)
A protocol for news groups.
NFS(UDP:2049)
Network File System - NFS is a client/server distributed file service
that provides transparent file sharing for network environments.
NNTP(TCP:119)
Network News Transport Protocol is the delivery mechanism for the
USENET newsgroup service.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Chapter 14 Bandwidth Management
Table 55 Commonly Used Services
SERVICE
DESCRIPTION
PING(ICMP:0)
Packet INternet Groper is a protocol that sends out ICMP echo
requests to test whether or not a remote host is reachable.
POP3(TCP:110)
Post Office Protocol version 3 lets a client computer get e-mail from a
POP3 server through a temporary connection (TCP/IP or other).
PPTP(TCP:1723)
Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol enables secure transfer of data
over public networks. This is the control channel.
PPTP_TUNNEL(GRE:0)
Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol enables secure transfer of data
over public networks. This is the data channel.
RCMD(TCP:512)
Remote Command Service.
REAL_AUDIO(TCP:7070)
A streaming audio service that enables real time sound over the web.
REXEC(TCP:514)
Remote Execution Daemon.
RLOGIN(TCP:513)
Remote Login.
RTELNET(TCP:107)
Remote Telnet.
RTSP(TCP/UDP:554)
The Real Time Streaming (media control) Protocol (RTSP) is a
remote control for multimedia on the Internet.
SFTP(TCP:115)
Simple File Transfer Protocol.
SMTP(TCP:25)
Simple Mail Transfer Protocol is the message-exchange standard for
the Internet. SMTP enables you to move messages from one e-mail
server to another.
SNMP(TCP/UDP:161)
Simple Network Management Program.
SNMP-TRAPS(TCP/UDP:162)
Traps for use with the SNMP (RFC:1215).
SQL-NET(TCP:1521)
Structured Query Language is an interface to access data on many
different types of database systems, including mainframes, midrange
systems, UNIX systems and network servers.
SSH(TCP/UDP:22)
Secure Shell Remote Login Program.
STRM WORKS(UDP:1558)
Stream Works Protocol.
SYSLOG(UDP:514)
Syslog allows you to send system logs to a UNIX server.
TACACS(UDP:49)
Login Host Protocol used for (Terminal Access Controller Access
Control System).
TELNET(TCP:23)
Telnet is the login and terminal emulation protocol common on the
Internet and in UNIX environments. It operates over TCP/IP
networks. Its primary function is to allow users to log into remote host
systems.
TFTP(UDP:69)
Trivial File Transfer Protocol is an Internet file transfer protocol
similar to FTP, but uses the UDP (User Datagram Protocol) rather
than TCP (Transmission Control Protocol).
VDOLIVE(TCP:7000)
Another videoconferencing solution.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
141
Chapter 14 Bandwidth Management
14.7 Default Bandwidth Management Classes and Priorities
If you enable bandwidth management but do not configure a rule for critical traffic like VoIP,
the voice traffic may then get delayed due to insufficient bandwidth. With the automatic traffic
classifier feature activated, the ZyXEL Device automatically assigns a default bandwidth
management class and priority to traffic that does not match any of the user-defined rules. The
traffic is classified based on the traffic type. Real-time traffic always gets higher priority over
other traffic.
The following table shows you the priorities between the three default classes (AutoClass_H,
AutoClass_M and Default Class) and user-defined rules. 6 is the highest priority.
Table 56 Bandwidth Management Priority with Default Classes
CLASS TYPE
PRIORITY
User-defined with high priority
AutoClass_H
User-defined with medium priority
AutoClass_M
User-defined with low priority
Default Class
14.8 Bandwidth Management General Configuration
Click Management > Bandwidth MGMT to open the bandwidth management General
screen.
Figure 78 Bandwidth Management: General
142
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Chapter 14 Bandwidth Management
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 57 Bandwidth Management: General
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
Enable Bandwidth
Management
Select this check box to have the ZyXEL Device apply bandwidth management.
Enable bandwidth management to give traffic that matches a bandwidth rule
priority over traffic that does not match a bandwidth rule.
Enabling bandwidth management also allows you to control the maximum or
minimum amounts of bandwidth that can be used by traffic that matches a
bandwidth rule.
Enable Automatic
Traffic Classifier
This field is only applicable when you select the Enable Bandwidth
Management check box.
Select this check box to have the ZyXEL Device base on the default bandwidth
classes to apply bandwidth management. Real-time packets, such as VoIP
traffic always get higher priority.
Apply
Click Apply to save your customized settings.
Reset
Click Reset to begin configuring this screen afresh.
14.9 Bandwidth Management Advanced Configuration
Click Management > Bandwidth MGMT > Advanced to open the bandwidth management
Advanced screen.
Figure 79 Bandwidth Management: Advanced
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
143
Chapter 14 Bandwidth Management
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 58 Bandwidth Management: Advanced
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
Upstream
Bandwidth (kbps)
Enter the amount of bandwidth in kbps (2 to 100,000) that you want to allocate for
traffic. 20 kbps to 20,000 kbps is recommended.
The recommendation is to set this speed to be equal to or less than the speed of
the broadband device connected to the WAN port. For example, set the speed to
1000 Kbps (or less) if the broadband device connected to the WAN port has an
upstream speed of 1000 Kbps.
Application List
Use this table to allocate specific amounts of bandwidth based on the pre-defined
service.
This is the number of an individual bandwidth management rule.
Enable
Select this check box to have the ZyXEL Device apply this bandwidth
management rule.
Service
This is the name of the service.
Priority
Select a priority from the drop down list box. Choose High, Mid or Low.
Advanced Setting
Click the Edit icon to open the Rule Configuration screen where you can modify
the rule.
User-defined
Service
Use this table to allocate specific amounts of bandwidth to specific applications
and/or subnets.
This is the number of an individual bandwidth management rule.
Enable
Select this check box to have the ZyXEL Device apply this bandwidth
management rule.
Direction
Select To LAN to apply bandwidth management to traffic that the ZyXEL Device
forwards to the LAN.
Select To WAN to apply bandwidth management to traffic that the ZyXEL Device
forwards to the WAN.
Select To WLAN to apply bandwidth management to traffic that the ZyXEL Device
forwards to the WLAN.
Service Name
Enter a descriptive name of up to 19 alphanumeric characters, including spaces.
Priority
Select a priority from the drop down list box. Choose High, Mid or Low.
Modify
Click the Edit icon to open the Rule Configuration screen. Modify an existing rule
or create a new rule in the Rule Configuration screen. See Section 14.9.2 on
page 145 for more information.
Click the Remove icon to delete a rule.
Apply
Click Apply to save your customized settings.
Reset
Click Reset to begin configuring this screen afresh.
14.9.1 Rule Configuration with the Pre-defined Service
To edit a bandwidth management rule for the pre-defined service in the ZyXEL Device, click
the Edit icon in the Application List table of the Advanced screen. The following screen
displays.
144
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Chapter 14 Bandwidth Management
Figure 80 Bandwidth Management Rule Configuration: Pre-defined Service
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 59 Bandwidth Management Rule Configuration: Pre-defined Service
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
This is the number of an individual bandwidth management rule.
Enable
Select an interface’s check box to enable bandwidth management on that
interface.
Direction
These read-only labels represent the physical interfaces. Bandwidth
management applies to all traffic flowing out of the router through the interface,
regardless of the traffic’s source.
Traffic redirect or IP alias may cause LAN-to-LAN traffic to pass through the
ZyXEL Device and be managed by bandwidth management.
Bandwidth
Select Maximum Bandwidth or Minimum Bandwidth and specify the maximum
or minimum bandwidth allowed for the rule in kilobits per second.
Destination Port
This is the port number of the destination. See Table 55 on page 140 for some
common services and port numbers.
Source Port
This is the port number of the source. See Table 55 on page 140 for some
common services and port numbers.
Protocol
This is the protocol (TCP or UDP) used for the service.
OK
Click OK to save your customized settings.
Cancel
Click Cancel to exit this screen without saving.
14.9.2 Rule Configuration with the User-defined Service
In addition to the pre-defined services, if you want to edit a bandwidth management rule for
other applications and/or subnets, click the Edit icon in the User-defined Service table of the
Advanced screen. The following screen displays.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
145
Chapter 14 Bandwidth Management
Figure 81 Bandwidth Management Rule Configuration: User-defined Service
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 60 Bandwidth Management Rule Configuration: User-defined Service
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
BW Budget
Select Maximum Bandwidth or Minimum Bandwidth and specify the maximum
or minimum bandwidth allowed for the rule in kilobits per second.
Destination
Address
Enter the destination IP address in dotted decimal notation.
Destination
Subnet Netmask
Enter the destination subnet mask. This field is N/A if you do not specify a
Destination Address. Refer to the appendices for more information on IP
subnetting.
Destination Port
Enter the port number of the destination. See Table 55 on page 140 for some
common services and port numbers.
Source Address
Enter the source IP address in dotted decimal notation.
Source Subnet
Netmask
Enter the destination subnet mask. This field is N/A if you do not specify a Source
Address. Refer to the appendices for more information on IP subnetting.
Source Port
Enter the port number of the source. See Table 55 on page 140 for some common
services and port numbers.
Protocol
Select the protocol (TCP or UDP) or select User defined and enter the protocol
(service type) number.
OK
Click OK to save your customized settings.
Cancel
Click Cancel to exit this screen without saving.
14.10 Bandwidth Management Monitor
Click Management > Bandwidth MGMT > Monitor to open the bandwidth management
Monitor screen. View the bandwidth usage of the WAN configured bandwidth rules. This is
also shown as bandwidth usage over the bandwidth budget for each rule. The gray section of
the bar represents the percentage of unused bandwidth and the blue color represents the
percentage of bandwidth in use.
146
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Chapter 14 Bandwidth Management
Figure 82 Bandwidth Management: Monitor
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
147
Chapter 14 Bandwidth Management
148
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
CHAPTER
15
Remote Management Screens
This chapter provides information on the Remote Management screens.
15.1 Remote Management Overview
Remote management allows you to determine which services/protocols can access which
ZyXEL Device interface (if any) from which computers.
When you configure remote management to allow management from the
WAN, you still need to configure a firewall rule to allow access. See the firewall
chapters for details on configuring firewall rules.
You may manage your ZyXEL Device from a remote location via:
Table 61
•
Internet (WAN only)
•
ALL (LAN and WAN)
•
LAN only
•
Neither (Disable).
When you choose WAN or LAN & WAN, you still need to configure a firewall
rule to allow access.
To disable remote management of a service, select Disable in the corresponding Server
Access field.
You may only have one remote management session running at a time. The ZyXEL Device
automatically disconnects a remote management session of lower priority when another
remote management session of higher priority starts. The priorities for the different types of
remote management sessions are as follows.
1 Telnet
2 HTTP
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
149
Chapter 15 Remote Management Screens
15.1.1 Remote Management Limitations
Remote management over LAN or WAN will not work when:
1 You have disabled that service in one of the remote management screens.
2 The IP address in the Secured Client IP Address field does not match the client IP
address. If it does not match, the ZyXEL Device will disconnect the session
immediately.
3 There is already another remote management session with an equal or higher priority
running. You may only have one remote management session running at one time.
4 There is a firewall rule that blocks it.
15.1.2 Remote Management and NAT
When NAT is enabled:
• Use the ZyXEL Device’s WAN IP address when configuring from the WAN.
• Use the ZyXEL Device’s LAN IP address when configuring from the LAN.
15.1.3 System Timeout
There is a default system management idle timeout of five minutes (three hundred seconds).
The ZyXEL Device automatically logs you out if the management session remains idle for
longer than this timeout period. The management session does not time out when a statistics
screen is polling. You can change the timeout period in the System screen
15.2 WWW Screen
To change your ZyXEL Device’s World Wide Web settings, click Management > Remote
MGMT to display the WWW screen.
Figure 83 WWW Remote Management
150
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Chapter 15 Remote Management Screens
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 62 WWW Remote Management
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
Server Port
You may change the server port number for a service if needed, however you must
use the same port number in order to use that service for remote management.
Server Access
Select the interface(s) through which a computer may access the ZyXEL Device
using this service.
Secured Client IP
Address
A secured client is a “trusted” computer that is allowed to communicate with the
ZyXEL Device using this service.
Select All to allow any computer to access the ZyXEL Device using this service.
Choose Selected to just allow the computer with the IP address that you specify to
access the ZyXEL Device using this service.
Apply
Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen.
Reset
Click Reset to begin configuring this screen afresh.
15.3 Telnet
You can configure your ZyXEL Device for remote Telnet access as shown next. The
administrator uses Telnet from a computer on a remote network to access the ZyXEL Device.
Figure 84 Telnet Configuration on a TCP/IP Network
15.4 Telnet Screen
To change your ZyXEL Device’s Telnet settings, click Management > Remote MGMT >
Telnet. The following screen displays.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
151
Chapter 15 Remote Management Screens
Figure 85 Telnet Remote Management
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 63 Telnet Remote Management
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
Server Port
You may change the server port number for a service if needed, however you must
use the same port number in order to use that service for remote management.
Server Access
Select the interface(s) through which a computer may access the ZyXEL Device
using this service.
Secured Client
IP Address
A secured client is a “trusted” computer that is allowed to communicate with the
ZyXEL Device using this service.
Select All to allow any computer to access the ZyXEL Device using this service.
Choose Selected to just allow the computer with the IP address that you specify to
access the ZyXEL Device using this service.
Apply
Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen.
Reset
Click Reset to begin configuring this screen afresh.
15.5 FTP Screen
You can upload and download the ZyXEL Device’s firmware and configuration files using
FTP, please see the chapter on firmware and configuration file maintenance for details. To use
this feature, your computer must have an FTP client.
To change your ZyXEL Device’s FTP settings, click Management > Remote MGMT >
FTP. The screen appears as shown.
Figure 86 FTP Remote Management
152
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Chapter 15 Remote Management Screens
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 64 FTP Remote Management
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
Server Port
You may change the server port number for a service if needed, however you must
use the same port number in order to use that service for remote management.
Server Access
Select the interface(s) through which a computer may access the ZyXEL Device
using this service.
Secured Client IP
Address
A secured client is a “trusted” computer that is allowed to communicate with the
ZyXEL Device using this service.
Select All to allow any computer to access the ZyXEL Device using this service.
Choose Selected to just allow the computer with the IP address that you specify to
access the ZyXEL Device using this service.
Apply
Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen.
Reset
Click Reset to begin configuring this screen afresh.
15.6 DNS Screen
Use DNS (Domain Name System) to map a domain name to its corresponding IP address and
vice versa. Refer to the chapter on Wizard Setup for background information.
To change your ZyXEL Device’s DNS settings, click Management > Remote MGMT >
DNS. The screen appears as shown.
Figure 87 DNS Remote Management
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
153
Chapter 15 Remote Management Screens
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 65 DNS Remote Management
154
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
Server Port
The DNS service port number is 53 and cannot be changed here.
Server Access
Select the interface(s) through which a computer may send DNS queries to the
ZyXEL Device.
Secured Client IP
Address
A secured client is a “trusted” computer that is allowed to send DNS queries to the
ZyXEL Device.
Select All to allow any computer to send DNS queries to the ZyXEL Device.
Choose Selected to just allow the computer with the IP address that you specify to
send DNS queries to the ZyXEL Device.
Apply
Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen.
Reset
Click Reset to begin configuring this screen afresh.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
CHAPTER
16
Universal Plug-and-Play (UPnP)
This chapter introduces the UPnP feature in the web configurator.
16.1 Introducing Universal Plug and Play
Universal Plug and Play (UPnP) is a distributed, open networking standard that uses TCP/IP
for simple peer-to-peer network connectivity between devices. A UPnP device can
dynamically join a network, obtain an IP address, convey its capabilities and learn about other
devices on the network. In turn, a device can leave a network smoothly and automatically
when it is no longer in use.
See Section 16.3 on page 156 for configuration instructions.
16.1.1 How do I know if I'm using UPnP?
UPnP hardware is identified as an icon in the Network Connections folder (Windows XP).
Each UPnP compatible device installed on your network will appear as a separate icon.
Selecting the icon of a UPnP device will allow you to access the information and properties of
that device.
16.1.2 NAT Traversal
UPnP NAT traversal automates the process of allowing an application to operate through
NAT. UPnP network devices can automatically configure network addressing, announce their
presence in the network to other UPnP devices and enable exchange of simple product and
service descriptions. NAT traversal allows the following:
• Dynamic port mapping
• Learning public IP addresses
• Assigning lease times to mappings
Windows Messenger is an example of an application that supports NAT traversal and UPnP.
See the NAT chapter for more information on NAT.
16.1.3 Cautions with UPnP
The automated nature of NAT traversal applications in establishing their own services and
opening firewall ports may present network security issues. Network information and
configuration may also be obtained and modified by users in some network environments.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
155
Chapter 16 Universal Plug-and-Play (UPnP)
When a UPnP device joins a network, it announces its presence with a multicast message. For
security reasons, the ZyXEL Device allows multicast messages on the LAN only.
All UPnP-enabled devices may communicate freely with each other without additional
configuration. Disable UPnP if this is not your intention.
16.2 UPnP and ZyXEL
ZyXEL has achieved UPnP certification from the Universal Plug and Play Forum UPnP™
Implementers Corp. (UIC). ZyXEL's UPnP implementation supports Internet Gateway Device
(IGD) 1.0.
See the following sections for examples of installing and using UPnP.
16.3 UPnP Screen
Click the Management > UPnP to display the UPnP screen.
Figure 88 Configuring UPnP
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 66 Configuring UPnP
156
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
Active the Universal Plug
and Play (UPnP) Feature
Select this check box to activate UPnP. Be aware that anyone could
use a UPnP application to open the web configurator's login screen
without entering the ZyXEL Device's IP address (although you must still
enter the password to access the web configurator).
Allow users to make
configuration changes
through UPnP
Select this check box to allow UPnP-enabled applications to
automatically configure the ZyXEL Device so that they can
communicate through the ZyXEL Device, for example by using NAT
traversal, UPnP applications automatically reserve a NAT forwarding
port in order to communicate with another UPnP enabled device; this
eliminates the need to manually configure port forwarding for the UPnP
enabled application.
Allow UPnP to pass through
Firewall
Select this check box to allow traffic from UPnP-enabled applications to
bypass the firewall.
Clear this check box to have the firewall block all UPnP application
packets (for example, MSN packets).
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Chapter 16 Universal Plug-and-Play (UPnP)
Table 66 Configuring UPnP
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
Apply
Click Apply to save the setting to the ZyXEL Device.
Cancel
Click Cancel to return to the previously saved settings.
16.4 Installing UPnP in Windows Example
This section shows how to install UPnP in Windows Me and Windows XP.
16.4.0.1 Installing UPnP in Windows Me
Follow the steps below to install the UPnP in Windows Me.
1 Click Start and Control Panel. Double-click Add/Remove Programs.
2 Click on the Windows Setup tab and select Communication in the Components
selection box. Click Details.
Figure 89 Add/Remove Programs: Windows Setup: Communication
3 In the Communications window, select the Universal Plug and Play check box in the
Components selection box.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
157
Chapter 16 Universal Plug-and-Play (UPnP)
Figure 90 Add/Remove Programs: Windows Setup: Communication: Components
4 Click OK to go back to the Add/Remove Programs Properties window and click
Next.
5 Restart the computer when prompted.
Installing UPnP in Windows XP
Follow the steps below to install the UPnP in Windows XP.
1 Click Start and Control Panel.
2 Double-click Network Connections.
3 In the Network Connections window, click Advanced in the main menu and select
Optional Networking Components ….
Figure 91 Network Connections
4 The Windows Optional Networking Components Wizard window displays. Select
Networking Service in the Components selection box and click Details.
158
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Chapter 16 Universal Plug-and-Play (UPnP)
Figure 92 Windows Optional Networking Components Wizard
5 In the Networking Services window, select the Universal Plug and Play check box.
Figure 93 Networking Services
6 Click OK to go back to the Windows Optional Networking Component Wizard
window and click Next.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
159
Chapter 16 Universal Plug-and-Play (UPnP)
16.4.0.2 Using UPnP in Windows XP Example
This section shows you how to use the UPnP feature in Windows XP. You must already have
UPnP installed in Windows XP and UPnP activated on the ZyXEL Device.
Make sure the computer is connected to a LAN port of the ZyXEL Device. Turn on your
computer and the ZyXEL Device.
Auto-discover Your UPnP-enabled Network Device
1 Click Start and Control Panel. Double-click Network Connections. An icon displays
under Internet Gateway.
2 Right-click the icon and select Properties.
Figure 94 Network Connections
3 In the Internet Connection Properties window, click Settings to see the port mappings
there were automatically created.
160
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Chapter 16 Universal Plug-and-Play (UPnP)
Figure 95 Internet Connection Properties
4 You may edit or delete the port mappings or click Add to manually add port mappings.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
161
Chapter 16 Universal Plug-and-Play (UPnP)
Figure 96 Internet Connection Properties: Advanced Settings
Figure 97 Internet Connection Properties: Advanced Settings: Add
5 When the UPnP-enabled device is disconnected from your computer, all port mappings
will be deleted automatically.
6 Select Show icon in notification area when connected option and click OK. An icon
displays in the system tray.
162
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Chapter 16 Universal Plug-and-Play (UPnP)
Figure 98 System Tray Icon
7 Double-click on the icon to display your current Internet connection status.
Figure 99 Internet Connection Status
Web Configurator Easy Access
With UPnP, you can access the web-based configurator on the ZyXEL Device without finding
out the IP address of the ZyXEL Device first. This comes helpful if you do not know the IP
address of the ZyXEL Device.
Follow the steps below to access the web configurator.
1 Click Start and then Control Panel.
2 Double-click Network Connections.
3 Select My Network Places under Other Places.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
163
Chapter 16 Universal Plug-and-Play (UPnP)
Figure 100 Network Connections
4 An icon with the description for each UPnP-enabled device displays under Local
Network.
5 Right-click on the icon for your ZyXEL Device and select Invoke. The web configurator
login screen displays.
164
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Chapter 16 Universal Plug-and-Play (UPnP)
Figure 101 Network Connections: My Network Places
6 Right-click on the icon for your ZyXEL Device and select Properties. A properties
window displays with basic information about the ZyXEL Device.
Figure 102 Network Connections: My Network Places: Properties: Example
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
165
Chapter 16 Universal Plug-and-Play (UPnP)
166
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
P ART IV
Maintenance and
Troubleshooting
System (169)
Logs (173)
Tools (187)
Configuration Mode (193)
Troubleshooting (195)
167
168
CHAPTER
17
System
This chapter provides information on the System screens.
17.1 System Overview
See the chapter about wizard setup for more information on the next few screens.
17.2 System General Screen
Click Maintenance > System. The following screen displays.
Figure 103 System General
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
169
Chapter 17 System
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 67 System General
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
System Name
System Name is a unique name to identify the ZyXEL Device in an Ethernet
network. It is recommended you enter your computer’s “Computer name” in this
field (see the chapter about wizard setup for how to find your computer’s name).
This name can be up to 30 alphanumeric characters long. Spaces are not
allowed, but dashes “-” and underscores "_" are accepted.
Domain Name
Enter the domain name (if you know it) here. If you leave this field blank, the ISP
may assign a domain name via DHCP.
The domain name entered by you is given priority over the ISP assigned domain
name.
Administrator
Inactivity Timer
Type how many minutes a management session can be left idle before the
session times out. The default is 5 minutes. After it times out you have to log in
with your password again. Very long idle timeouts may have security risks. A
value of "0" means a management session never times out, no matter how long it
has been left idle (not recommended).
Password Setup
Change your ZyXEL Device’s password (recommended) using the fields as
shown.
Old Password
Type the default password or the existing password you use to access the
system in this field.
New Password
Type your new system password (up to 30 characters). Note that as you type a
password, the screen displays an asterisk (*) for each character you type.
Retype to Confirm
Type the new password again in this field.
Apply
Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device.
Reset
Click Reset to begin configuring this screen afresh.
17.3 Time Setting Screen
To change your ZyXEL Device’s time and date, click Maintenance > System > Time
Setting. The screen appears as shown. Use this screen to configure the ZyXEL Device’s time
based on your local time zone.
170
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Chapter 17 System
Figure 104 Time Setting
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 68 Time Setting
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
Current Time and
Date
Current Time
This field displays the time of your ZyXEL Device.
Each time you reload this page, the ZyXEL Device synchronizes the time with
the time server.
Current Date
This field displays the date of your ZyXEL Device.
Each time you reload this page, the ZyXEL Device synchronizes the date with
the time server.
Time and Date
Setup
Manual
Select this radio button to enter the time and date manually. If you configure a
new time and date, Time Zone and Daylight Saving at the same time, the new
time and date you entered has priority and the Time Zone and Daylight Saving
settings do not affect it.
New Time
(hh:mm:ss)
This field displays the last updated time from the time server or the last time
configured manually.
When you set Time and Date Setup to Manual, enter the new time in this field
and then click Apply.
New Date
(yyyy/mm/dd)
This field displays the last updated date from the time server or the last date
configured manually.
When you set Time and Date Setup to Manual, enter the new date in this field
and then click Apply.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
171
Chapter 17 System
Table 68 Time Setting
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
Get from Time
Server
Select this radio button to have the ZyXEL Device get the time and date from
the time server you specified below.
Auto
Select Auto to have the ZyXEL Device automatically search for an available
time server and synchronize the date and time with the time server after you
click Apply.
User Defined Time
Server Address
Select User Defined Time Server Address and enter the IP address or URL
(up to 20 extended ASCII characters in length) of your time server. Check with
your ISP/network administrator if you are unsure of this information.
Time Zone Setup
172
Time Zone
Choose the time zone of your location. This will set the time difference between
your time zone and Greenwich Mean Time (GMT).
Daylight Savings
Daylight saving is a period from late spring to early fall when many countries set
their clocks ahead of normal local time by one hour to give more daytime light in
the evening.
Select this option if you use Daylight Saving Time.
Start Date
Configure the day and time when Daylight Saving Time starts if you selected
Daylight Savings. The o'clock field uses the 24 hour format. Here are a
couple of examples:
Daylight Saving Time starts in most parts of the United States on the first
Sunday of April. Each time zone in the United States starts using Daylight
Saving Time at 2 A.M. local time. So in the United States you would select
First, Sunday, April and type 2 in the o'clock field.
Daylight Saving Time starts in the European Union on the last Sunday of March.
All of the time zones in the European Union start using Daylight Saving Time at
the same moment (1 A.M. GMT or UTC). So in the European Union you would
select Last, Sunday, March. The time you type in the o'clock field depends on
your time zone. In Germany for instance, you would type 2 because Germany's
time zone is one hour ahead of GMT or UTC (GMT+1).
End Date
Configure the day and time when Daylight Saving Time ends if you selected
Daylight Savings. The o'clock field uses the 24 hour format. Here are a
couple of examples:
Daylight Saving Time ends in the United States on the last Sunday of October.
Each time zone in the United States stops using Daylight Saving Time at 2 A.M.
local time. So in the United States you would select Last, Sunday, October
and type 2 in the o'clock field.
Daylight Saving Time ends in the European Union on the last Sunday of
October. All of the time zones in the European Union stop using Daylight Saving
Time at the same moment (1 A.M. GMT or UTC). So in the European Union you
would select Last, Sunday, October. The time you type in the o'clock field
depends on your time zone. In Germany for instance, you would type 2 because
Germany's time zone is one hour ahead of GMT or UTC (GMT+1).
Apply
Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device.
Reset
Click Reset to begin configuring this screen afresh.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
CHAPTER
18
Logs
This chapter contains information about configuring general log settings and viewing the
ZyXEL Device’s logs. Refer to the appendices for example log message explanations.
18.1 View Log
The web configurator allows you to look at all of the ZyXEL Device’s logs in one location.
Click Maintenance > Logs to open the View Log screen.
Use the View Log screen to see the logs for the categories that you selected in the Log
Settings screen (see Section 18.2 on page 174). Options include logs about system
maintenance, system errors, access control, allowed or blocked web sites, blocked web
features (such as ActiveX controls, Java and cookies), attacks (such as DoS) and IPSec.
Log entries in red indicate system error logs. The log wraps around and deletes the old entries
after it fills. Click a column heading to sort the entries. A triangle indicates ascending or
descending sort order.
Figure 105 View Log
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
173
Chapter 18 Logs
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 69 View Log
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
Display
The categories that you select in the Log Settings page (see Section 18.2 on
page 174) display in the drop-down list box.
Select a category of logs to view; select All Logs to view logs from all of the log
categories that you selected in the Log Settings page.
Time
This field displays the time the log was recorded. See the chapter on system
maintenance and information to configure the ZyXEL Device’s time and date.
Message
This field states the reason for the log.
Source
This field lists the source IP address and the port number of the incoming
packet.
Destination
This field lists the destination IP address and the port number of the incoming
packet.
Note
This field displays additional information about the log entry.
Email Log Now
Click Email Log Now to send the log screen to the e-mail address specified in
the Log Settings page (make sure that you have first filled in the Address Info
fields in Log Settings).
Refresh
Click Refresh to renew the log screen.
Clear Log
Click Clear Log to delete all the logs.
18.2 Log Settings
You can configure the ZyXEL Device’s general log settings in one location.
Click Maintenance > Logs > Log Settings to open the Log Settings screen.
Use the Log Settings screen to configure to where the ZyXEL Device is to send logs; the
schedule for when the ZyXEL Device is to send the logs and which logs and/or immediate
alerts the ZyXEL Device to send.
An alert is a type of log that warrants more serious attention. They include system errors,
attacks (access control) and attempted access to blocked web sites or web sites with restricted
web features such as cookies, active X and so on. Some categories such as System Errors
consist of both logs and alerts. You may differentiate them by their color in the View Log
screen. Alerts display in red and logs display in black.
Alerts are e-mailed as soon as they happen. Logs may be e-mailed as soon as the log is full
(see Log Schedule). Selecting many alert and/or log categories (especially Access Control)
may result in many e-mails being sent.
174
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Chapter 18 Logs
Figure 106 Log Settings
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 70 Log Settings
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
E-mail Log Settings
Mail Server
Enter the server name or the IP address of the mail server for the e-mail
addresses specified below. If this field is left blank, logs and alert messages will
not be sent via E-mail.
Mail Subject
Type a title that you want to be in the subject line of the log e-mail message that
the ZyXEL Device sends. Not all ZyXEL Device models have this field.
Send Log To
The ZyXEL Device sends logs to the e-mail address specified in this field. If this
field is left blank, the ZyXEL Device does not send logs via e-mail.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
175
Chapter 18 Logs
Table 70 Log Settings
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
Send Alerts To
Alerts are real-time notifications that are sent as soon as an event, such as a
DoS attack, system error, or forbidden web access attempt occurs. Enter the Email address where the alert messages will be sent. Alerts include system
errors, attacks and attempted access to blocked web sites. If this field is left
blank, alert messages will not be sent via E-mail.
SMTP
Authentication
SMTP (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol) is the message-exchange standard for
the Internet. SMTP enables you to move messages from one e-mail server to
another.
Select the check box to activate SMTP authentication. If mail server
authentication is needed but this feature is disabled, you will not receive the email logs.
User Name
Enter the user name (up to 31 characters) (usually the user name of a mail
account).
Password
Enter the password associated with the user name above.
Log Schedule
This drop-down menu is used to configure the frequency of log messages being
sent as E-mail:
• Daily
• Weekly
• Hourly
• When Log is Full
• None.
If you select Weekly or Daily, specify a time of day when the E-mail should be
sent. If you select Weekly, then also specify which day of the week the E-mail
should be sent. If you select When Log is Full, an alert is sent when the log fills
up. If you select None, no log messages are sent.
Day for Sending Log Use the drop down list box to select which day of the week to send the logs.
176
Time for Sending
Log
Enter the time of the day in 24-hour format (for example 23:00 equals 11:00 pm)
to send the logs.
Clear log after
sending mail
Select the checkbox to delete all the logs after the ZyXEL Device sends an Email of the logs.
Syslog Logging
The ZyXEL Device sends a log to an external syslog server.
Active
Click Active to enable syslog logging.
Syslog Server IP
Address
Enter the server name or IP address of the syslog server that will log the
selected categories of logs.
Log Facility
Select a location from the drop down list box. The log facility allows you to log
the messages to different files in the syslog server. Refer to the syslog server
manual for more information.
Log
Select the categories of logs that you want to record.
Send Immediate
Alert
Select log categories for which you want the ZyXEL Device to send E-mail
alerts immediately.
Apply
Click Apply to save your changes.
Reset
Click Reset to begin configuring this screen afresh.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Chapter 18 Logs
18.3 Log Descriptions
This section provides descriptions of example log messages.
Table 71 System Maintenance Logs
LOG MESSAGE
DESCRIPTION
Time calibration is
successful
The router has adjusted its time based on information from
the time server.
Time calibration failed
The router failed to get information from the time server.
WAN interface gets IP:%s
A WAN interface got a new IP address from the DHCP,
PPPoE, PPTP or dial-up server.
DHCP client IP expired
A DHCP client's IP address has expired.
DHCP server assigns%s
The DHCP server assigned an IP address to a client.
Successful WEB login
Someone has logged on to the router's web configurator
interface.
WEB login failed
Someone has failed to log on to the router's web configurator
interface.
Successful TELNET login
Someone has logged on to the router via telnet.
TELNET login failed
Someone has failed to log on to the router via telnet.
Successful FTP login
Someone has logged on to the router via ftp.
FTP login failed
Someone has failed to log on to the router via ftp.
NAT Session Table is Full!
The maximum number of NAT session table entries has been
exceeded and the table is full.
Starting Connectivity
Monitor
Starting Connectivity Monitor.
Time initialized by Daytime
Server
The router got the time and date from the Daytime server.
Time initialized by Time
server
The router got the time and date from the time server.
Time initialized by NTP
server
The router got the time and date from the NTP server.
Connect to Daytime server
fail
The router was not able to connect to the Daytime server.
Connect to Time server fail
The router was not able to connect to the Time server.
Connect to NTP server fail
The router was not able to connect to the NTP server.
Too large ICMP packet has
been dropped
The router dropped an ICMP packet that was too large.
Configuration Change: PC =
0x%x, Task ID = 0x%x
The router is saving configuration changes.
Successful SSH login
Someone has logged on to the router’s SSH server.
SSH login failed
Someone has failed to log on to the router’s SSH server.
Successful HTTPS login
Someone has logged on to the router's web configurator
interface using HTTPS protocol.
HTTPS login failed
Someone has failed to log on to the router's web configurator
interface using HTTPS protocol.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
177
Chapter 18 Logs
Table 72 System Error Logs
LOG MESSAGE
DESCRIPTION
%s exceeds the max.
number of session per
host!
This attempt to create a NAT session exceeds the maximum
number of NAT session table entries allowed to be created per
host.
setNetBIOSFilter: calloc
error
The router failed to allocate memory for the NetBIOS filter
settings.
readNetBIOSFilter: calloc
error
The router failed to allocate memory for the NetBIOS filter
settings.
WAN connection is down.
A WAN connection is down. You cannot access the network
through this interface.
Table 73 Access Control Logs
LOG MESSAGE
DESCRIPTION
Firewall default policy: [TCP |
UDP | IGMP | ESP | GRE | OSPF]

Attempted TCP/UDP/IGMP/ESP/GRE/OSPF access
matched the default policy and was blocked or forwarded
according to the default policy’s setting.
Firewall rule [NOT] match:[TCP |
UDP | IGMP | ESP | GRE | OSPF]
, 
Attempted TCP/UDP/IGMP/ESP/GRE/OSPF access
matched (or did not match) a configured firewall rule
(denoted by its number) and was blocked or forwarded
according to the rule.
Triangle route packet forwarded:
[TCP | UDP | IGMP | ESP | GRE |
OSPF]
The firewall allowed a triangle route session to pass
through.
Packet without a NAT table entry
blocked: [TCP | UDP | IGMP | ESP
| GRE | OSPF]
The router blocked a packet that didn't have a
corresponding NAT table entry.
Router sent blocked web site
message: TCP
The router sent a message to notify a user that the router
blocked access to a web site that the user requested.
Table 74 TCP Reset Logs
178
LOG MESSAGE
DESCRIPTION
Under SYN flood attack,
sent TCP RST
The router sent a TCP reset packet when a host was under a SYN
flood attack (the TCP incomplete count is per destination host.)
Exceed TCP MAX
incomplete, sent TCP RST
The router sent a TCP reset packet when the number of TCP
incomplete connections exceeded the user configured threshold.
(the TCP incomplete count is per destination host.) Note: Refer to
TCP Maximum Incomplete in the Firewall Attack Alerts screen.
Peer TCP state out of
order, sent TCP RST
The router sent a TCP reset packet when a TCP connection state
was out of order.Note: The firewall refers to RFC793 Figure 6 to
check the TCP state.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Chapter 18 Logs
Table 74 TCP Reset Logs (continued)
LOG MESSAGE
DESCRIPTION
Firewall session time
out, sent TCP RST
The router sent a TCP reset packet when a dynamic firewall
session timed out.
The default timeout values are as follows:
ICMP idle timeout: 3 minutes
UDP idle timeout: 3 minutes
TCP connection (three way handshaking) timeout: 270 seconds
TCP FIN-wait timeout: 2 MSL (Maximum Segment Lifetime set in
the TCP header).
TCP idle (established) timeout (s): 150 minutes
TCP reset timeout: 10 seconds
Exceed MAX incomplete,
sent TCP RST
The router sent a TCP reset packet when the number of
incomplete connections (TCP and UDP) exceeded the userconfigured threshold. (Incomplete count is for all TCP and UDP
connections through the firewall.)Note: When the number of
incomplete connections (TCP + UDP) > “Maximum Incomplete
High”, the router sends TCP RST packets for TCP connections
and destroys TOS (firewall dynamic sessions) until incomplete
connections < “Maximum Incomplete Low”.
Access block, sent TCP
RST
The router sends a TCP RST packet and generates this log if you
turn on the firewall TCP reset mechanism (via CI command: "sys
firewall tcprst").
Table 75 Packet Filter Logs
LOG MESSAGE
DESCRIPTION
[TCP | UDP | ICMP | IGMP |
Generic] packet filter
matched (set:%d, rule:%d)
Attempted access matched a configured filter rule (denoted
by its set and rule number) and was blocked or forwarded
according to the rule.
Table 76 ICMP Logs
LOG MESSAGE
DESCRIPTION
Firewall default policy: ICMP
, ,

ICMP access matched the default policy and was
blocked or forwarded according to the user's setting. For
type and code details, see Table 85 on page 184.
Firewall rule [NOT] match: ICMP
, ,
, 
ICMP access matched (or didn’t match) a firewall rule
(denoted by its number) and was blocked or forwarded
according to the rule. For type and code details, see
Table 85 on page 184.
Triangle route packet forwarded:
ICMP
The firewall allowed a triangle route session to pass
through.
Packet without a NAT table entry
blocked: ICMP
The router blocked a packet that didn’t have a
corresponding NAT table entry.
Unsupported/out-of-order ICMP:
ICMP
The firewall does not support this kind of ICMP packets
or the ICMP packets are out of order.
Router reply ICMP packet: ICMP
The router sent an ICMP reply packet to the sender.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
179
Chapter 18 Logs
Table 77 CDR Logs
LOG MESSAGE
DESCRIPTION
board%d line%d channel%d,
call%d,%s C01 Outgoing Call
dev=%x ch=%x%s
The router received the setup requirements for a call. “call” is
the reference (count) number of the call. “dev” is the device
type (3 is for dial-up, 6 is for PPPoE, 10 is for PPTP).
"channel" or “ch” is the call channel ID.For example,"board 0
line 0 channel 0, call 3, C01 Outgoing Call dev=6 ch=0
"Means the router has dialed to the PPPoE server 3 times.
board%d line%d channel%d,
call%d,%s C02 OutCall
Connected%d%s
The PPPoE, PPTP or dial-up call is connected.
board%d line%d channel%d,
call%d,%s C02 Call
Terminated
The PPPoE, PPTP or dial-up call was disconnected.
Table 78 PPP Logs
LOG MESSAGE
DESCRIPTION
ppp:LCP Starting
The PPP connection’s Link Control Protocol stage has started.
ppp:LCP Opening
The PPP connection’s Link Control Protocol stage is opening.
ppp:CHAP Opening
The PPP connection’s Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol stage is
opening.
ppp:IPCP
Starting
The PPP connection’s Internet Protocol Control Protocol stage is starting.
ppp:IPCP Opening
The PPP connection’s Internet Protocol Control Protocol stage is opening.
ppp:LCP Closing
The PPP connection’s Link Control Protocol stage is closing.
ppp:IPCP Closing
The PPP connection’s Internet Protocol Control Protocol stage is closing.
Table 79 UPnP Logs
LOG MESSAGE
DESCRIPTION
UPnP pass through Firewall
UPnP packets can pass through the firewall.
Table 80 Content Filtering Logs
LOG MESSAGE
DESCRIPTION
%s: Keyword blocking
The content of a requested web page matched a user defined
keyword.
%s: Not in trusted web
list
The web site is not in a trusted domain, and the router blocks all traffic
except trusted domain sites.
%s: Forbidden Web site The web site is in the forbidden web site list.
180
%s: Contains ActiveX
The web site contains ActiveX.
%s: Contains Java
applet
The web site contains a Java applet.
%s: Contains cookie
The web site contains a cookie.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Chapter 18 Logs
Table 80 Content Filtering Logs (continued)
LOG MESSAGE
DESCRIPTION
%s: Proxy mode
detected
The router detected proxy mode in the packet.
%s
The content filter server responded that the web site is in the blocked
category list, but it did not return the category type.
%s:%s
The content filter server responded that the web site is in the blocked
category list, and returned the category type.
%s(cache hit)
The system detected that the web site is in the blocked list from the
local cache, but does not know the category type.
%s:%s(cache hit)
The system detected that the web site is in blocked list from the local
cache, and knows the category type.
%s: Trusted Web site
The web site is in a trusted domain.
%s
When the content filter is not on according to the time schedule or you
didn't select the "Block Matched Web Site” check box, the system
forwards the web content.
Waiting content filter
server timeout
The external content filtering server did not respond within the timeout
period.
DNS resolving failed
The ZyXEL Device cannot get the IP address of the external content
filtering via DNS query.
Creating socket failed The ZyXEL Device cannot issue a query because TCP/IP socket
creation failed, port:port number.
Connecting to content
filter server fail
The connection to the external content filtering server failed.
License key is invalid The external content filtering license key is invalid.
Table 81 Attack Logs
LOG MESSAGE
DESCRIPTION
attack [TCP | UDP | IGMP
| ESP | GRE | OSPF]
The firewall detected a TCP/UDP/IGMP/ESP/GRE/OSPF attack.
attack ICMP (type:%d,
code:%d)
The firewall detected an ICMP attack. For type and code details,
see Table 85 on page 184.
land [TCP | UDP | IGMP |
ESP | GRE | OSPF]
The firewall detected a TCP/UDP/IGMP/ESP/GRE/OSPF land
attack.
land ICMP (type:%d,
code:%d)
The firewall detected an ICMP land attack. For type and code
details, see Table 85 on page 184.
ip spoofing - WAN [TCP |
UDP | IGMP | ESP | GRE |
OSPF]
The firewall detected an IP spoofing attack on the WAN port.
ip spoofing - WAN ICMP
(type:%d, code:%d)
The firewall detected an ICMP IP spoofing attack on the WAN
port. For type and code details, see Table 85 on page 184.
icmp echo: ICMP (type:%d,
code:%d)
The firewall detected an ICMP echo attack. For type and code
details, see Table 85 on page 184.
syn flood TCP
The firewall detected a TCP syn flood attack.
ports scan TCP
The firewall detected a TCP port scan attack.
teardrop TCP
The firewall detected a TCP teardrop attack.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
181
Chapter 18 Logs
Table 81 Attack Logs (continued)
LOG MESSAGE
DESCRIPTION
teardrop UDP
The firewall detected an UDP teardrop attack.
teardrop ICMP (type:%d,
code:%d)
The firewall detected an ICMP teardrop attack. For type and code
details, see Table 85 on page 184.
illegal command TCP
The firewall detected a TCP illegal command attack.
NetBIOS TCP
The firewall detected a TCP NetBIOS attack.
ip spoofing - no routing
entry [TCP | UDP | IGMP |
ESP | GRE | OSPF]
The firewall classified a packet with no source routing entry as an
IP spoofing attack.
ip spoofing - no routing
entry ICMP (type:%d,
code:%d)
The firewall classified an ICMP packet with no source routing
entry as an IP spoofing attack.
vulnerability ICMP
(type:%d, code:%d)
The firewall detected an ICMP vulnerability attack. For type and
code details, see Table 85 on page 184.
traceroute ICMP (type:%d,
code:%d)
The firewall detected an ICMP traceroute attack. For type and
code details, see Table 85 on page 184.
Table 82 PKI Logs
182
LOG MESSAGE
DESCRIPTION
Enrollment successful
The SCEP online certificate enrollment was successful. The
Destination field records the certification authority server IP address
and port.
Enrollment failed
The SCEP online certificate enrollment failed. The Destination field
records the certification authority server’s IP address and port.
Failed to resolve

The SCEP online certificate enrollment failed because the certification
authority server’s address cannot be resolved.
Enrollment successful
The CMP online certificate enrollment was successful. The Destination
field records the certification authority server’s IP address and port.
Enrollment failed
The CMP online certificate enrollment failed. The Destination field
records the certification authority server’s IP address and port.
Failed to resolve 
The CMP online certificate enrollment failed because the certification
authority server’s IP address cannot be resolved.
Rcvd ca cert: 
The router received a certification authority certificate, with subject
name as recorded, from the LDAP server whose IP address and port
are recorded in the Source field.
Rcvd user cert:

The router received a user certificate, with subject name as recorded,
from the LDAP server whose IP address and port are recorded in the
Source field.
Rcvd CRL :

The router received a CRL (Certificate Revocation List), with size and
issuer name as recorded, from the LDAP server whose IP address and
port are recorded in the Source field.
Rcvd ARL :

The router received an ARL (Authority Revocation List), with size and
issuer name as recorded, from the LDAP server whose address and
port are recorded in the Source field.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Chapter 18 Logs
Table 82 PKI Logs (continued)
LOG MESSAGE
DESCRIPTION
Failed to decode the
received ca cert
The router received a corrupted certification authority certificate from
the LDAP server whose address and port are recorded in the Source
field.
Failed to decode the
received user cert
The router received a corrupted user certificate from the LDAP server
whose address and port are recorded in the Source field.
Failed to decode the
received CRL
The router received a corrupted CRL (Certificate Revocation List) from
the LDAP server whose address and port are recorded in the Source
field.
Failed to decode the
received ARL
The router received a corrupted ARL (Authority Revocation List) from
the LDAP server whose address and port are recorded in the Source
field.
Rcvd data  too
large! Max size
allowed: 
The router received directory data that was too large (the size is listed)
from the LDAP server whose address and port are recorded in the
Source field. The maximum size of directory data that the router allows
is also recorded.
Cert trusted: 
The router has verified the path of the certificate with the listed subject
name.
Due to ,
cert not trusted:

Due to the reasons listed, the certificate with the listed subject name
has not passed the path verification. The recorded reason codes are
only approximate reasons for not trusting the certificate. Please see
Table 85 on page 184 for the corresponding descriptions of the codes.
Table 83 802.1X Logs
LOG MESSAGE
DESCRIPTION
Local User Database accepts
user.
A user was authenticated by the local user database.
Local User Database reports user
credential error.
A user was not authenticated by the local user database
because of an incorrect user password.
Local User Database does not
find user`s credential.
A user was not authenticated by the local user database
because the user is not listed in the local user database.
RADIUS accepts user.
A user was authenticated by the RADIUS Server.
RADIUS rejects user. Pls check
RADIUS Server.
A user was not authenticated by the RADIUS Server.
Please check the RADIUS Server.
Local User Database does not
support authentication method.
The local user database only supports the EAP-MD5
method. A user tried to use another authentication
method and was not authenticated.
User logout because of session
timeout expired.
The router logged out a user whose session expired.
User logout because of user
deassociation.
The router logged out a user who ended the session.
User logout because of no
authentication response from
user.
The router logged out a user from which there was no
authentication response.
User logout because of idle
timeout expired.
The router logged out a user whose idle timeout period
expired.
User logout because of user
request.
A user logged out.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
183
Chapter 18 Logs
Table 83 802.1X Logs (continued)
LOG MESSAGE
DESCRIPTION
Local User Database does not
support authentication method.
A user tried to use an authentication method that the
local user database does not support (it only supports
EAP-MD5).
No response from RADIUS. Pls
check RADIUS Server.
There is no response message from the RADIUS server,
please check the RADIUS server.
Use Local User Database to
authenticate user.
The local user database is operating as the
authentication server.
Use RADIUS to authenticate user. The RADIUS server is operating as the authentication
server.
No Server to authenticate user.
There is no authentication server to authenticate a user.
Local User Database does not
find user`s credential.
A user was not authenticated by the local user database
because the user is not listed in the local user database.
Table 84 ACL Setting Notes
PACKET DIRECTION
DIRECTION
DESCRIPTION
(L to W)
LAN to WAN
ACL set for packets traveling from the LAN to the WAN.
(W to L)
WAN to LAN
ACL set for packets traveling from the WAN to the LAN.
(L to L/P)
LAN to LAN/
ZyXEL Device
ACL set for packets traveling from the LAN to the LAN or
the ZyXEL Device.
(W to W/P)
WAN to WAN/
ZyXEL Device
ACL set for packets traveling from the WAN to the WAN
or the ZyXEL Device.
Table 85 ICMP Notes
TYPE
CODE
Echo Reply
Echo reply message
Destination Unreachable
Net unreachable
Host unreachable
Protocol unreachable
Port unreachable
A packet that needed fragmentation was dropped because it was set to Don't
Fragment (DF)
Source route failed
Source Quench
A gateway may discard internet datagrams if it does not have the buffer space
needed to queue the datagrams for output to the next network on the route to
the destination network.
Redirect
184
DESCRIPTION
Redirect datagrams for the Network
Redirect datagrams for the Host
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Chapter 18 Logs
Table 85 ICMP Notes (continued)
TYPE
CODE
DESCRIPTION
Redirect datagrams for the Type of Service and Network
Redirect datagrams for the Type of Service and Host
Echo
Echo message
Time Exceeded
11
Time to live exceeded in transit
Fragment reassembly time exceeded
Parameter Problem
12
Pointer indicates the error
Timestamp
13
Timestamp request message
Timestamp Reply
14
Timestamp reply message
Information Request
15
Information request message
Information Reply
16
Information reply message
Table 86 Syslog Logs
LOG MESSAGE
DESCRIPTION
Mon dd
hr:mm:ss hostname
src=""
dst=""
msg="" note=""
devID="" cat="
"This message is sent by the system ("RAS" displays as
the system name if you haven’t configured one) when the
router generates a syslog. The facility is defined in the web
MAIN MENU->LOGS->Log Settings page. The severity is
the log’s syslog class. The definition of messages and
notes are defined in the various log charts throughout this
appendix. The “devID” is the last three characters of the
MAC address of the router’s LAN port. The “cat” is the
same as the category in the router’s logs.
The following table shows RFC-2408 ISAKMP payload types that the log displays. Please
refer to the RFC for detailed information on each type.
Table 87 RFC-2408 ISAKMP Payload Types
LOG DISPLAY
PAYLOAD TYPE
SA
Security Association
PROP
Proposal
TRANS
Transform
KE
Key Exchange
ID
Identification
CER
Certificate
CER_REQ
Certificate Request
HASH
Hash
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
185
Chapter 18 Logs
Table 87 RFC-2408 ISAKMP Payload Types (continued)
186
LOG DISPLAY
PAYLOAD TYPE
SIG
Signature
NONCE
Nonce
NOTFY
Notification
DEL
Delete
VID
Vendor ID
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
CHAPTER
19
Tools
This chapter shows you how to upload a new firmware, upload or save backup configuration
files and restart the ZyXEL Device.
19.1 Firmware Upload Screen
Find firmware at www.zyxel.com in a file that (usually) uses the system model name with a
"*.bin" extension, e.g., "ZyXEL Device.bin". The upload process uses HTTP (Hypertext
Transfer Protocol) and may take up to two minutes. After a successful upload, the system will
reboot. See the Firmware and Configuration File Maintenance chapter for upgrading firmware
using FTP/TFTP commands.
Click Maintenance > Tools. Follow the instructions in this screen to upload firmware to your
ZyXEL Device.
Figure 107 Maintenance Firmware Upload
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 88 Maintenance Firmware Upload
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
File Path
Type in the location of the file you want to upload in this field or click Browse... to find
it.
Browse...
Click Browse... to find the .bin file you want to upload. Remember that you must
decompress compressed (.zip) files before you can upload them.
Upload
Click Upload to begin the upload process. This process may take up to two minutes.
Do not turn off the ZyXEL Device while firmware upload is in progress!
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
187
Chapter 19 Tools
After you see the Firmware Upload In Process screen, wait two minutes before logging into
the ZyXEL Device again.
Figure 108 Upload Warning
The ZyXEL Device automatically restarts in this time causing a temporary network
disconnect. In some operating systems, you may see the following icon on your desktop.
Figure 109 Network Temporarily Disconnected
After two minutes, log in again and check your new firmware version in the Status screen.
If the upload was not successful, the following screen will appear. Click Return to go back to
the Firmware screen.
Figure 110 Upload Error Message
19.2 Configuration Screen
See the Firmware and Configuration File Maintenance chapter for transferring configuration
files using FTP/TFTP commands.
Click Maintenance > Tools > Configuration. Information related to factory defaults, backup
configuration, and restoring configuration appears as shown next.
188
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Chapter 19 Tools
Figure 111 Configuration
19.2.1 Backup Configuration
Backup configuration allows you to back up (save) the ZyXEL Device’s current configuration
to a file on your computer. Once your ZyXEL Device is configured and functioning properly,
it is highly recommended that you back up your configuration file before making
configuration changes. The backup configuration file will be useful in case you need to return
to your previous settings.
Click Backup to save the ZyXEL Device’s current configuration to your computer.
19.2.2 Restore Configuration
Restore configuration allows you to upload a new or previously saved configuration file from
your computer to your ZyXEL Device.
Table 89 Maintenance Restore Configuration
LABEL
DESCRIPTION
File Path
Type in the location of the file you want to upload in this field or click Browse... to find
it.
Browse...
Click Browse... to find the file you want to upload. Remember that you must
decompress compressed (.ZIP) files before you can upload them.
Upload
Click Upload to begin the upload process.
Do not turn off the ZyXEL Device while configuration file upload is in progress
After you see a “configuration upload successful” screen, you must then wait one minute
before logging into the ZyXEL Device again.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
189
Chapter 19 Tools
Figure 112 Configuration Restore Successful
The ZyXEL Device automatically restarts in this time causing a temporary network
disconnect. In some operating systems, you may see the following icon on your desktop.
Figure 113 Temporarily Disconnected
If you uploaded the default configuration file you may need to change the IP address of your
computer to be in the same subnet as that of the default ZyXEL Device IP address
(192.168.1.1). See your Quick Start Guide for details on how to set up your computer’s IP
address.
If the upload was not successful, the following screen will appear. Click Return to go back to
the Configuration screen.
Figure 114 Configuration Restore Error
19.2.3 Back to Factory Defaults
Pressing the Reset button in this section clears all user-entered configuration information and
returns the ZyXEL Device to its factory defaults.
You can also press the RESET button on the rear panel to reset the factory defaults of your
ZyXEL Device. Refer to the chapter about introducing the web configurator for more
information on the RESET button.
19.3 Restart Screen
System restart allows you to reboot the ZyXEL Device without turning the power off.
190
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Chapter 19 Tools
Click Maintenance > Tools > Restart. Click Restart to have the ZyXEL Device reboot. This
does not affect the ZyXEL Device's configuration.
Figure 115 System Restart
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
191
Chapter 19 Tools
192
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
CHAPTER
20
Configuration Mode
Click Maintenance > Config Mode to open the following screen. This screen allows you to
hide or display the advanced screens of some features or the advanced features, such as MAC
filter or static route. Basic is selected by default and you cannot see the advanced screens or
features. If you want to view and configure all screens including the advanced ones, select
Advanced and click Apply.
Figure 116 Config Mode
The following table includes the screens that you can view and configure only when you select
Advanced.
Table 90 Config Mode: Advanced Screens
CATEGORY
LINK
TAB
Network
Wireless LAN
MAC Filter
Advanced
QoS
WAN
Advanced
LAN
IP Alias
Advanced
Security
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
DHCP Server
Advanced
NAT
Advanced
Firewall
Services
Content Filter
Schedule
193
Chapter 20 Configuration Mode
Table 90 Config Mode: Advanced Screens
CATEGORY
LINK
TAB
Management
Static Route
IP Static Route
Bandwidth MGMT
Advanced
Monitor
Remote MGMT
Telnet
FTP
DNS
Maintenance
194
Logs
Log Settings
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
CHAPTER
21
Troubleshooting
This chapter offers some suggestions to solve problems you might encounter. The potential
problems are divided into the following categories.
•
•
•
•
Power, Hardware Connections, and LEDs
ZyXEL Device Access and Login
Internet Access
Advanced Features
21.1 Power, Hardware Connections, and LEDs
The ZyXEL Device does not turn on. None of the LEDs turn on.
7 Make sure you are using the power adaptor or cord included with the ZyXEL Device.
8 Make sure the power adaptor or cord is connected to the ZyXEL Device and plugged in
to an appropriate power source. Make sure the power source is turned on.
9 Disconnect and re-connect the power adaptor or cord to the ZyXEL Device.
10 If the problem continues, contact the vendor.
One of the LEDs does not behave as expected.
Make sure you understand the normal behavior of the LED. See Section 1.5 on page 31.
Check the hardware connections. See the Quick Start Guide.
Inspect your cables for damage. Contact the vendor to replace any damaged cables.
Disconnect and re-connect the power adaptor to the ZyXEL Device.
If the problem continues, contact the vendor.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
195
Chapter 21 Troubleshooting
21.2 ZyXEL Device Access and Login
I forgot the IP address for the ZyXEL Device.
1 The default IP address is 192.168.1.1.
2 If you changed the IP address and have forgotten it, you might get the IP address of the
ZyXEL Device by looking up the IP address of the default gateway for your computer.
To do this in most Windows computers, click Start > Run, enter cmd, and then enter
ipconfig. The IP address of the Default Gateway might be the IP address of the ZyXEL
Device (it depends on the network), so enter this IP address in your Internet browser.
3 If this does not work, you have to reset the device to its factory defaults. See Section
21.4 on page 199.
I forgot the password.
1 The default password is 1234.
2 If this does not work, you have to reset the device to its factory defaults. See Section
21.4 on page 199.
I cannot see or access the Login screen in the web configurator.
1 Make sure you are using the correct IP address.
• The default IP address is 192.168.1.1.
• If you changed the IP address (Section 7.3 on page 102), use the new IP address.
• If you changed the IP address and have forgotten it, see the troubleshooting
suggestions for I forgot the IP address for the ZyXEL Device.
2 Check the hardware connections, and make sure the LEDs are behaving as expected. See
the Quick Start Guide.
3 Make sure your Internet browser does not block pop-up windows and has JavaScripts
and Java enabled. See Appendix B on page 207.
4 Make sure your computer is in the same subnet as the ZyXEL Device. (If you know that
there are routers between your computer and the ZyXEL Device, skip this step.)
• If there is a DHCP server on your network, make sure your computer is using a
dynamic IP address. See Section 7.3 on page 102. Your ZyXEL Device is a DHCP
server by default.
• If there is no DHCP server on your network, make sure your computer’s IP address is
in the same subnet as the ZyXEL Device. See Section 7.3 on page 102.
5 Reset the device to its factory defaults, and try to access the ZyXEL Device with the
default IP address. See Section 7.3 on page 102.
196
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Chapter 21 Troubleshooting
6 If the problem continues, contact the network administrator or vendor, or try one of the
advanced suggestions.
Advanced Suggestions
• Try to access the ZyXEL Device using another service, such as Telnet. If you can access
the ZyXEL Device, check the remote management settings and firewall rules to find out
why the ZyXEL Device does not respond to HTTP.
• If your computer is connected to the WAN port or is connected wirelessly, use a computer
that is connected to a LAN/ETHERNET port.
I can see the Login screen, but I cannot log in to the ZyXEL Device.
1 Make sure you have entered the password correctly. The default password is 1234. This
field is case-sensitive, so make sure [Caps Lock] is not on.
2 You cannot log in to the web configurator while someone is using Telnet to access the
ZyXEL Device. Log out of the ZyXEL Device in the other session, or ask the person
who is logged in to log out.
3 Disconnect and re-connect the power adaptor or cord to the ZyXEL Device.
4 If this does not work, you have to reset the device to its factory defaults. See Section
21.4 on page 199.
I cannot Telnet to the ZyXEL Device.
See the troubleshooting suggestions for I cannot see or access the Login screen in the web
configurator. Ignore the suggestions about your browser.
I cannot use FTP to upload / download the configuration file. / I cannot use
FTP to upload new firmware.
See the troubleshooting suggestions for I cannot see or access the Login screen in the web
configurator. Ignore the suggestions about your browser.
21.3 Internet Access
I cannot access the Internet.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
197
Chapter 21 Troubleshooting
1 Check the hardware connections, and make sure the LEDs are behaving as expected. See
the Quick Start Guide.
2 Make sure you entered your ISP account information correctly in the wizard. These
fields are case-sensitive, so make sure [Caps Lock] is not on.
3 If you are trying to access the Internet wirelessly, make sure the wireless settings in the
wireless client are the same as the settings in the AP.
4 Disconnect all the cables from your device, and follow the directions in the Quick Start
Guide again.
5 If the problem continues, contact your ISP.
I cannot access the Internet anymore. I had access to the Internet (with the
ZyXEL Device), but my Internet connection is not available anymore.
1 Check the hardware connections, and make sure the LEDs are behaving as expected. See
the Quick Start Guide and Section 1.5 on page 31.
2 Reboot the ZyXEL Device.
3 If the problem continues, contact your ISP.
The Internet connection is slow or intermittent.
1 There might be a lot of traffic on the network. Look at the LEDs, and check Section 1.5
on page 31. If the ZyXEL Device is sending or receiving a lot of information, try closing
some programs that use the Internet, especially peer-to-peer applications.
2 Check the signal strength. If the signal strength is low, try moving the ZyXEL Device
closer to the AP if possible, and look around to see if there are any devices that might be
interfering with the wireless network (for example, microwaves, other wireless
networks, and so on).
3 Reboot the ZyXEL Device.
4 If the problem continues, contact the network administrator or vendor, or try one of the
advanced suggestions.
Advanced Suggestions
• Check the settings for bandwidth management. If it is disabled, you might consider
activating it. If it is enabled, you might consider changing the allocations.
• Check the settings for QoS. If it is disabled, you might consider activating it. If it is
enabled, you might consider raising or lowering the priority for some applications.
198
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Chapter 21 Troubleshooting
21.4 Resetting the ZyXEL Device to Its Factory Defaults
If you reset the ZyXEL Device, you lose all of the changes you have made. The ZyXEL
Device re-loads its default settings, and the password resets to 1234. You have to make all of
your changes again.
You will lose all of your changes when you push the RESET button.
To reset the ZyXEL Device,
1 Make sure the PWR LED is on and not blinking.
2 Press and hold the RESET button for five to ten seconds. Release the RESET button
when the PWR LED begins to blink. The default settings have been restored.
If the ZyXEL Device restarts automatically, wait for the ZyXEL Device to finish restarting,
and log in to the web configurator. The password is “1234”.
If the ZyXEL Device does not restart automatically, disconnect and reconnect the ZyXEL
Device’s power. Then, follow the directions above again.
21.5 Advanced Features
I can log in, but I cannot see some of the screens or fields in the Web
Configurator.
You may be accessing the Web Configurator in Basic mode. Some screens and fields are
available only in Advanced mode. Use the Maintenance > Config Mode screen to select
Advanced mode.
I set up URL keyword blocking, but I can still access a Web site that should be
blocked.
Make sure that you select the Enable URL Keyword Blocking check box in the Content
Filtering screen. Make sure that the keywords that you type are listed in the Keyword List.
If a keyword that is listed in the Keyword List is not blocked when it is found in a URL,
customize the keyword blocking using commands. See the Customizing Keyword Blocking
URL Checking section in the Content Filter chapter.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
199
Chapter 21 Troubleshooting
200
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
P ART V
Appendices and
Index
Product Specifications (203)
Pop-up Windows, JavaScripts and Java Permissions (207)
IP Addresses and Subnetting (213)
Wall-mounting Instructions (221)
Setting up Your Computer’s IP Address (223)
Wireless LANs (239)
Command Interpreter (251)
NetBIOS Filter Commands (255)
Services (257)
Internal SPTGEN (261)
Legal Information (277)
Customer Support (281)
Index (285)
201
202
APPENDIX
Product Specifications
The following tables summarize the ZyXEL Device’s hardware and firmware features.
Table 91 Hardware Features
Dimensions (W x D x H)
190 x 128 x 33 mm
Power Specification
12 V AC 1 A
Ethernet ports
Auto-negotiating:
This auto-negotiation feature allows the ZyXEL Device to detect the speed
of incoming transmissions and adjust appropriately without manual
intervention. It allows data transfer of either 10 Mbps or 100 Mbps in either
half-duplex or full-duplex mode depending on your Ethernet network.
Auto-crossover:
Use either crossover or straight-through Ethernet cables.
4-Port Switch
A combination of switch and router makes your ZyXEL Device a costeffective and viable network solution. You can add up to four computers to
the ZyXEL Device without the cost of a hub. Add more than four computers
to your LAN by using a hub.
Reset Button
The reset button is built into the rear panel. Use this button to restore the
ZyXEL Device to its factory default settings.
Antenna
The ZyXEL Device is equipped with a 2dBi fixed antenna to provide clear
radio transmission and reception on the wireless network.
Operation Temperature
0º C ~ 50º C
Storage Temperature
-20º C ~ 60º C
Operation Humidity
20% ~ 95% RH
Storage Humidity
10% ~ 90% RH
Distance between the
centers of the holes on
the device’s back.
125 mm
Screw size for wallmounting
M 3*10
Table 92 Firmware Features
FEATURE
DESCRIPTION
Default IP Address
192.168.1.1
Default Subnet Mask
255.255.255.0 (24 bits)
Default Password
1234
DHCP Pool
192.168.1.33 to 192.168.1.64
Device Management
Use the web configurator to easily configure the rich range of features on
the ZyXEL Device.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
203
Appendix A Product Specifications
Table 92 Firmware Features
FEATURE
DESCRIPTION
Wireless Functionality
Allows IEEE 802.11b and/or IEEE 802.11g wireless clients to connect to
the ZyXEL Device wirelessly. IEEE 802.11g clients can connect using
the super G function. Enable wireless security (WEP, WPA(2), WPA(2)PSK) and/or MAC filtering to protect your wireless network.
Note: The ZyXEL Device may be prone to RF (Radio
Frequency) interference from other 2.4 GHz devices
such as microwave ovens, wireless phones,
Bluetooth enabled devices, and other wireless LANs.
Firmware Upgrade
Download new firmware (when available) from the ZyXEL web site and
use the web configurator, an FTP or a TFTP tool to put it on the ZyXEL
Device.
Note: Only upload firmware for your specific model!
204
Configuration Backup &
Restoration
Make a copy of the ZyXEL Device’s configuration and put it back on the
ZyXEL Device later if you decide you want to revert back to an earlier
configuration.
Network Address
Translation (NAT)
Each computer on your network must have its own unique IP address.
Use NAT to convert a single public IP address to multiple private IP
addresses for the computers on your network.
Firewall
You can configure firewall on the ZyXEL Device for secure Internet
access. When the firewall is on, by default, all incoming traffic from the
Internet to your network is blocked unless it is initiated from your
network. This means that probes from the outside to your network are
not allowed, but you can safely browse the Internet and download files
for example.
Content Filter
The ZyXEL Device blocks or allows access to web sites that you specify
and blocks access to web sites with URLs that contain keywords that
you specify. You can define time periods and days during which content
filtering is enabled. You can also include or exclude particular computers
on your network from content filtering.
You can also subscribe to category-based content filtering that allows
your ZyXEL Device to check web sites against an external database.
Bandwidth Management
You can efficiently manage traffic on your network by reserving
bandwidth and giving priority to certain types of traffic and/or to particular
computers.
Time and Date
Get the current time and date from an external server when you turn on
your ZyXEL Device. You can also set the time manually. These dates
and times are then used in logs.
Port Forwarding
If you have a server (mail or web server for example) on your network,
then use this feature to let people access it from the Internet.
DHCP (Dynamic Host
Configuration Protocol)
Use this feature to have the ZyXEL Device assign IP addresses, an IP
default gateway and DNS servers to computers on your network.
Dynamic DNS Support
With Dynamic DNS (Domain Name System) support, you can use a
fixed URL, www.zyxel.com for example, with a dynamic IP address. You
must register for this service with a Dynamic DNS service provider.
IP Multicast
IP Multicast is used to send traffic to a specific group of computers. The
ZyXEL Device supports versions 1 and 2 of IGMP (Internet Group
Management Protocol) used to join multicast groups (see RFC 2236).
IP Alias
IP Alias allows you to subdivide a physical network into logical networks
over the same Ethernet interface with the ZyXEL Device itself as the
gateway for each subnet.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Appendix A Product Specifications
Table 92 Firmware Features
FEATURE
DESCRIPTION
Logging and Tracing
Use packet tracing and logs for troubleshooting. You can send logs from
the ZyXEL Device to an external UNIX syslog server.
PPPoE
PPPoE mimics a dial-up over Ethernet Internet access connection.
PPTP Encapsulation
Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP) enables secure transfer of
data through a Virtual Private Network (VPN). The ZyXEL Device
supports one PPTP connection at a time.
Universal Plug and Play
(UPnP)
The ZyXEL Device can communicate with other UPnP enabled devices
in a network.
RoadRunner Support
In addition to standard cable modem services, the ZyXEL Device
supports Time Warner’s RoadRunner Service.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
205
Appendix A Product Specifications
206
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
APPENDIX
Pop-up Windows, JavaScripts
and Java Permissions
In order to use the web configurator you need to allow:
• Web browser pop-up windows from your device.
• JavaScripts (enabled by default).
• Java permissions (enabled by default).
Internet Explorer 6 screens are used here. Screens for other Internet Explorer
versions may vary.
Internet Explorer Pop-up Blockers
You may have to disable pop-up blocking to log into your device.
Either disable pop-up blocking (enabled by default in Windows XP SP (Service Pack) 2) or
allow pop-up blocking and create an exception for your device’s IP address.
Disable pop-up Blockers
1 In Internet Explorer, select Tools, Pop-up Blocker and then select Turn Off Pop-up
Blocker.
Figure 117 Pop-up Blocker
You can also check if pop-up blocking is disabled in the Pop-up Blocker section in the
Privacy tab.
1 In Internet Explorer, select Tools, Internet Options, Privacy.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
207
Appendix B Pop-up Windows, JavaScripts and Java Permissions
2 Clear the Block pop-ups check box in the Pop-up Blocker section of the screen. This
disables any web pop-up blockers you may have enabled.
Figure 118 Internet Options: Privacy
3 Click Apply to save this setting.
Enable pop-up Blockers with Exceptions
Alternatively, if you only want to allow pop-up windows from your device, see the following
steps.
1 In Internet Explorer, select Tools, Internet Options and then the Privacy tab.
2 Select Settings…to open the Pop-up Blocker Settings screen.
208
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Appendix B Pop-up Windows, JavaScripts and Java Permissions
Figure 119 Internet Options: Privacy
3 Type the IP address of your device (the web page that you do not want to have blocked)
with the prefix “http://”. For example, http://192.168.167.1.
4 Click Add to move the IP address to the list of Allowed sites.
Figure 120 Pop-up Blocker Settings
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
209
Appendix B Pop-up Windows, JavaScripts and Java Permissions
5 Click Close to return to the Privacy screen.
6 Click Apply to save this setting.
JavaScripts
If pages of the web configurator do not display properly in Internet Explorer, check that
JavaScripts are allowed.
1 In Internet Explorer, click Tools, Internet Options and then the Security tab.
Figure 121 Internet Options: Security
210
Click the Custom Level... button.
Scroll down to Scripting.
Under Active scripting make sure that Enable is selected (the default).
Under Scripting of Java applets make sure that Enable is selected (the default).
Click OK to close the window.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Appendix B Pop-up Windows, JavaScripts and Java Permissions
Figure 122 Security Settings - Java Scripting
Java Permissions
From Internet Explorer, click Tools, Internet Options and then the Security tab.
Click the Custom Level... button.
Scroll down to Microsoft VM.
Under Java permissions make sure that a safety level is selected.
Click OK to close the window.
Figure 123 Security Settings - Java
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
211
Appendix B Pop-up Windows, JavaScripts and Java Permissions
JAVA (Sun)
1 From Internet Explorer, click Tools, Internet Options and then the Advanced tab.
2 Make sure that Use Java 2 for  under Java (Sun) is selected.
3 Click OK to close the window.
Figure 124 Java (Sun)
212
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
APPENDIX
IP Addresses and Subnetting
This appendix introduces IP addresses and subnet masks.
IP addresses identify individual devices on a network. Every networking device (including
computers, servers, routers, printers, etc.) needs an IP address to communicate across the
network. These networking devices are also known as hosts.
Subnet masks determine the maximum number of possible hosts on a network. You can also
use subnet masks to divide one network into multiple sub-networks.
Introduction to IP Addresses
One part of the IP address is the network number, and the other part is the host ID. In the same
way that houses on a street share a common street name, the hosts on a network share a
common network number. Similarly, as each house has its own house number, each host on
the network has its own unique identifying number - the host ID. Routers use the network
number to send packets to the correct network, while the host ID determines to which host on
the network the packets are delivered.
Structure
An IP address is made up of four parts, written in dotted decimal notation (for example,
192.168.1.1). Each of these four parts is known as an octet. An octet is an eight-digit binary
number (for example 11000000, which is 192 in decimal notation).
Therefore, each octet has a possible range of 00000000 to 11111111 in binary, or 0 to 255 in
decimal.
The following figure shows an example IP address in which the first three octets (192.168.1)
are the network number, and the fourth octet (16) is the host ID.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
213
Appendix C IP Addresses and Subnetting
Figure 125 Network Number and Host ID
How much of the IP address is the network number and how much is the host ID varies
according to the subnet mask.
Subnet Masks
A subnet mask is used to determine which bits are part of the network number, and which bits
are part of the host ID (using a logical AND operation). The term “subnet” is short for “subnetwork”.
A subnet mask has 32 bits. If a bit in the subnet mask is a “1” then the corresponding bit in the
IP address is part of the network number. If a bit in the subnet mask is “0” then the
corresponding bit in the IP address is part of the host ID.
The following example shows a subnet mask identifying the network number (in bold text)
and host ID of an IP address (192.168.1.2 in decimal).
Table 93 Subnet Mask - Identifying Network Number
1ST
OCTET:
(192)
2ND
OCTET:
(168)
3RD
OCTET:
(1)
4TH OCTET
(2)
IP Address (Binary)
11000000
10101000
00000001
00000010
Subnet Mask (Binary)
11111111
11111111
11111111
00000000
Network Number
11000000
10101000
00000001
Host ID
00000010
By convention, subnet masks always consist of a continuous sequence of ones beginning from
the leftmost bit of the mask, followed by a continuous sequence of zeros, for a total number of
32 bits.
Subnet masks can be referred to by the size of the network number part (the bits with a “1”
value). For example, an “8-bit mask” means that the first 8 bits of the mask are ones and the
remaining 24 bits are zeroes.
214
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Appendix C IP Addresses and Subnetting
Subnet masks are expressed in dotted decimal notation just like IP addresses. The following
examples show the binary and decimal notation for 8-bit, 16-bit, 24-bit and 29-bit subnet
masks.
Table 94 Subnet Masks
BINARY
DECIMAL
1ST
OCTET
2ND
OCTET
3RD
OCTET
4TH OCTET
8-bit mask
11111111
00000000
00000000
00000000
255.0.0.0
16-bit mask
11111111
11111111
00000000
00000000
255.255.0.0
24-bit mask
11111111
11111111
11111111
00000000
255.255.255.0
29-bit mask
11111111
11111111
11111111
11111000
255.255.255.248
Network Size
The size of the network number determines the maximum number of possible hosts you can
have on your network. The larger the number of network number bits, the smaller the number
of remaining host ID bits.
An IP address with host IDs of all zeros is the IP address of the network (192.168.1.0 with a
24-bit subnet mask, for example). An IP address with host IDs of all ones is the broadcast
address for that network (192.168.1.255 with a 24-bit subnet mask, for example).
As these two IP addresses cannot be used for individual hosts, calculate the maximum number
of possible hosts in a network as follows:
Table 95 Maximum Host Numbers
SUBNET MASK
HOST ID SIZE
MAXIMUM NUMBER OF HOSTS
24
–2
8 bits
255.0.0.0
24 bits
16 bits
255.255.0.0
16 bits
216 – 2
24 bits
29 bits
255.255.255.0
255.255.255.248
16777214
65534
8 bits
2 –2
254
3 bits
23
–2
Notation
Since the mask is always a continuous number of ones beginning from the left, followed by a
continuous number of zeros for the remainder of the 32 bit mask, you can simply specify the
number of ones instead of writing the value of each octet. This is usually specified by writing
a “/” followed by the number of bits in the mask after the address.
For example, 192.1.1.0 /25 is equivalent to saying 192.1.1.0 with subnet mask
255.255.255.128.
The following table shows some possible subnet masks using both notations.
Table 96 Alternative Subnet Mask Notation
SUBNET MASK
ALTERNATIVE
NOTATION
LAST OCTET
(BINARY)
LAST OCTET
(DECIMAL)
255.255.255.0
/24
0000 0000
255.255.255.128
/25
1000 0000
128
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
215
Appendix C IP Addresses and Subnetting
Table 96 Alternative Subnet Mask Notation (continued)
SUBNET MASK
ALTERNATIVE
NOTATION
LAST OCTET
(BINARY)
LAST OCTET
(DECIMAL)
255.255.255.192
/26
1100 0000
192
255.255.255.224
/27
1110 0000
224
255.255.255.240
/28
1111 0000
240
255.255.255.248
/29
1111 1000
248
255.255.255.252
/30
1111 1100
252
Subnetting
You can use subnetting to divide one network into multiple sub-networks. In the following
example a network administrator creates two sub-networks to isolate a group of servers from
the rest of the company network for security reasons.
In this example, the company network address is 192.168.1.0. The first three octets of the
address (192.168.1) are the network number, and the remaining octet is the host ID, allowing a
maximum of 28 – 2 or 254 possible hosts.
The following figure shows the company network before subnetting.
Figure 126 Subnetting Example: Before Subnetting
You can “borrow” one of the host ID bits to divide the network 192.168.1.0 into two separate
sub-networks. The subnet mask is now 25 bits (255.255.255.128 or /25).
The “borrowed” host ID bit can have a value of either 0 or 1, allowing two subnets;
192.168.1.0 /25 and 192.168.1.128 /25.
The following figure shows the company network after subnetting. There are now two subnetworks, A and B.
216
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Appendix C IP Addresses and Subnetting
Figure 127 Subnetting Example: After Subnetting
In a 25-bit subnet the host ID has 7 bits, so each sub-network has a maximum of 27 – 2 or 126
possible hosts (a host ID of all zeroes is the subnet’s address itself, all ones is the subnet’s
broadcast address).
192.168.1.0 with mask 255.255.255.128 is subnet A itself, and 192.168.1.127 with mask
255.255.255.128 is its broadcast address. Therefore, the lowest IP address that can be assigned
to an actual host for subnet A is 192.168.1.1 and the highest is 192.168.1.126.
Similarly, the host ID range for subnet B is 192.168.1.129 to 192.168.1.254.
Example: Four Subnets
The previous example illustrated using a 25-bit subnet mask to divide a 24-bit address into two
subnets. Similarly, to divide a 24-bit address into four subnets, you need to “borrow” two host
ID bits to give four possible combinations (00, 01, 10 and 11). The subnet mask is 26 bits
(11111111.11111111.11111111.11000000) or 255.255.255.192.
Each subnet contains 6 host ID bits, giving 26 - 2 or 62 hosts for each subnet (a host ID of all
zeroes is the subnet itself, all ones is the subnet’s broadcast address).
Table 97 Subnet 1
IP/SUBNET MASK
NETWORK NUMBER
LAST OCTET BIT
VALUE
IP Address (Decimal)
192.168.1.
IP Address (Binary)
11000000.10101000.00000001.
00000000
Subnet Mask (Binary)
11111111.11111111.11111111.
11000000
Subnet Address:
192.168.1.0
Lowest Host ID: 192.168.1.1
Broadcast Address:
192.168.1.63
Highest Host ID: 192.168.1.62
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
217
Appendix C IP Addresses and Subnetting
Table 98 Subnet 2
IP/SUBNET MASK
NETWORK NUMBER
LAST OCTET BIT
VALUE
IP Address
192.168.1.
64
IP Address (Binary)
11000000.10101000.00000001.
01000000
Subnet Mask (Binary)
11111111.11111111.11111111.
11000000
Subnet Address:
192.168.1.64
Lowest Host ID: 192.168.1.65
Broadcast Address:
192.168.1.127
Highest Host ID: 192.168.1.126
Table 99 Subnet 3
IP/SUBNET MASK
NETWORK NUMBER
LAST OCTET BIT
VALUE
IP Address
192.168.1.
128
IP Address (Binary)
11000000.10101000.00000001.
10000000
Subnet Mask (Binary)
11111111.11111111.11111111.
11000000
Subnet Address:
192.168.1.128
Lowest Host ID: 192.168.1.129
Broadcast Address:
192.168.1.191
Highest Host ID: 192.168.1.190
Table 100 Subnet 4
IP/SUBNET MASK
NETWORK NUMBER
LAST OCTET BIT
VALUE
IP Address
192.168.1.
192
IP Address (Binary)
11000000.10101000.00000001.
11000000
Subnet Mask (Binary)
11111111.11111111.11111111.
11000000
Subnet Address:
192.168.1.192
Lowest Host ID: 192.168.1.193
Broadcast Address:
192.168.1.255
Highest Host ID: 192.168.1.254
Example: Eight Subnets
Similarly, use a 27-bit mask to create eight subnets (000, 001, 010, 011, 100, 101, 110 and
111).
The following table shows IP address last octet values for each subnet.
Table 101 Eight Subnets
218
SUBNET
SUBNET
ADDRESS
FIRST ADDRESS
LAST
ADDRESS
BROADCAST
ADDRESS
30
31
32
33
62
63
64
65
94
95
96
97
126
127
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Appendix C IP Addresses and Subnetting
Table 101 Eight Subnets (continued)
SUBNET
SUBNET
ADDRESS
FIRST ADDRESS
LAST
ADDRESS
BROADCAST
ADDRESS
128
129
158
159
160
161
190
191
192
193
222
223
224
225
254
255
Subnet Planning
The following table is a summary for subnet planning on a network with a 24-bit network
number.
Table 102 24-bit Network Number Subnet Planning
NO. “BORROWED”
HOST BITS
SUBNET MASK
NO. SUBNETS
NO. HOSTS PER
SUBNET
255.255.255.128 (/25)
126
255.255.255.192 (/26)
62
255.255.255.224 (/27)
30
255.255.255.240 (/28)
16
14
255.255.255.248 (/29)
32
255.255.255.252 (/30)
64
255.255.255.254 (/31)
128
The following table is a summary for subnet planning on a network with a 16-bit network
number.
Table 103 16-bit Network Number Subnet Planning
NO. “BORROWED”
HOST BITS
SUBNET MASK
NO. SUBNETS
NO. HOSTS PER
SUBNET
255.255.128.0 (/17)
32766
255.255.192.0 (/18)
16382
255.255.224.0 (/19)
8190
255.255.240.0 (/20)
16
4094
255.255.248.0 (/21)
32
2046
255.255.252.0 (/22)
64
1022
255.255.254.0 (/23)
128
510
255.255.255.0 (/24)
256
254
255.255.255.128 (/25)
512
126
10
255.255.255.192 (/26)
1024
62
11
255.255.255.224 (/27)
2048
30
12
255.255.255.240 (/28)
4096
14
13
255.255.255.248 (/29)
8192
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
219
Appendix C IP Addresses and Subnetting
Table 103 16-bit Network Number Subnet Planning (continued)
NO. “BORROWED”
HOST BITS
SUBNET MASK
NO. SUBNETS
NO. HOSTS PER
SUBNET
14
255.255.255.252 (/30)
16384
15
255.255.255.254 (/31)
32768
Configuring IP Addresses
Where you obtain your network number depends on your particular situation. If the ISP or
your network administrator assigns you a block of registered IP addresses, follow their
instructions in selecting the IP addresses and the subnet mask.
If the ISP did not explicitly give you an IP network number, then most likely you have a single
user account and the ISP will assign you a dynamic IP address when the connection is
established. If this is the case, it is recommended that you select a network number from
192.168.0.0 to 192.168.255.0. The Internet Assigned Number Authority (IANA) reserved this
block of addresses specifically for private use; please do not use any other number unless you
are told otherwise. You must also enable Network Address Translation (NAT) on the ZyXEL
Device.
Once you have decided on the network number, pick an IP address for your ZyXEL Device
that is easy to remember (for instance, 192.168.1.1) but make sure that no other device on your
network is using that IP address.
The subnet mask specifies the network number portion of an IP address. Your ZyXEL Device
will compute the subnet mask automatically based on the IP address that you entered. You
don't need to change the subnet mask computed by the ZyXEL Device unless you are
instructed to do otherwise.
Private IP Addresses
Every machine on the Internet must have a unique address. If your networks are isolated from
the Internet (running only between two branch offices, for example) you can assign any IP
addresses to the hosts without problems. However, the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority
(IANA) has reserved the following three blocks of IP addresses specifically for private
networks:
• 10.0.0.0 — 10.255.255.255
• 172.16.0.0 — 172.31.255.255
• 192.168.0.0 — 192.168.255.255
You can obtain your IP address from the IANA, from an ISP, or it can be assigned from a
private network. If you belong to a small organization and your Internet access is through an
ISP, the ISP can provide you with the Internet addresses for your local networks. On the other
hand, if you are part of a much larger organization, you should consult your network
administrator for the appropriate IP addresses.
Regardless of your particular situation, do not create an arbitrary IP address; always follow the
guidelines above. For more information on address assignment, please refer to RFC 1597,
Address Allocation for Private Internets and RFC 1466, Guidelines for Management of IP
Address Space.
220
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
APPENDIX
Wall-mounting Instructions
Do the following to hang your ZyXEL Device on a wall.
See the product specifications appendix for the size of screws to use and how
far apart to place them.
1 Locate a high position on a wall that is free of obstructions. Use a sturdy wall.
2 Drill two holes for the screws. Make sure the distance between the centers of the holes
matches what is listed in the product specifications appendix.
Be careful to avoid damaging pipes or cables located inside the wall when
drilling holes for the screws.
3 Do not screw the screws all the way into the wall. Leave a small gap of about 0.5 cm
between the heads of the screws and the wall.
4 Make sure the screws are snugly fastened to the wall. They need to hold the weight of
the ZyXEL Device with the connection cables.
5 Align the holes on the back of the ZyXEL Device with the screws on the wall. Hang the
ZyXEL Device on the screws.
Figure 128 Wall-mounting Example
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
221
Appendix D Wall-mounting Instructions
222
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
APPENDIX
Setting up Your Computer’s IP
Address
All computers must have a 10M or 100M Ethernet adapter card and TCP/IP installed.
Windows 95/98/Me/NT/2000/XP, Macintosh OS 7 and later operating systems and all
versions of UNIX/LINUX include the software components you need to install and use TCP/
IP on your computer. Windows 3.1 requires the purchase of a third-party TCP/IP application
package.
TCP/IP should already be installed on computers using Windows NT/2000/XP, Macintosh OS
7 and later operating systems.
After the appropriate TCP/IP components are installed, configure the TCP/IP settings in order
to "communicate" with your network.
If you manually assign IP information instead of using dynamic assignment, make sure that
your computers have IP addresses that place them in the same subnet as the Prestige’s LAN
port.
Windows 95/98/Me
Click Start, Settings, Control Panel and double-click the Network icon to open the Network
window.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
223
Appendix E Setting up Your Computer’s IP Address
Figure 129 WIndows 95/98/Me: Network: Configuration
Installing Components
The Network window Configuration tab displays a list of installed components. You need a
network adapter, the TCP/IP protocol and Client for Microsoft Networks.
If you need the adapter:
1 In the Network window, click Add.
2 Select Adapter and then click Add.
3 Select the manufacturer and model of your network adapter and then click OK.
If you need TCP/IP:
In the Network window, click Add.
Select Protocol and then click Add.
Select Microsoft from the list of manufacturers.
Select TCP/IP from the list of network protocols and then click OK.
If you need Client for Microsoft Networks:
Click Add.
Select Client and then click Add.
Select Microsoft from the list of manufacturers.
Select Client for Microsoft Networks from the list of network clients and then click
OK.
5 Restart your computer so the changes you made take effect.
224
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Appendix E Setting up Your Computer’s IP Address
Configuring
1 In the Network window Configuration tab, select your network adapter's TCP/IP entry
and click Properties
2 Click the IP Address tab.
• If your IP address is dynamic, select Obtain an IP address automatically.
• If you have a static IP address, select Specify an IP address and type your
information into the IP Address and Subnet Mask fields.
Figure 130 Windows 95/98/Me: TCP/IP Properties: IP Address
3 Click the DNS Configuration tab.
• If you do not know your DNS information, select Disable DNS.
• If you know your DNS information, select Enable DNS and type the information in
the fields below (you may not need to fill them all in).
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
225
Appendix E Setting up Your Computer’s IP Address
Figure 131 Windows 95/98/Me: TCP/IP Properties: DNS Configuration
4 Click the Gateway tab.
• If you do not know your gateway’s IP address, remove previously installed gateways.
• If you have a gateway IP address, type it in the New gateway field and click Add.
5 Click OK to save and close the TCP/IP Properties window.
6 Click OK to close the Network window. Insert the Windows CD if prompted.
7 Turn on your Prestige and restart your computer when prompted.
Verifying Settings
1 Click Start and then Run.
2 In the Run window, type "winipcfg" and then click OK to open the IP Configuration
window.
3 Select your network adapter. You should see your computer's IP address, subnet mask
and default gateway.
Windows 2000/NT/XP
The following example figures use the default Windows XP GUI theme.
1 Click start (Start in Windows 2000/NT), Settings, Control Panel.
226
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Appendix E Setting up Your Computer’s IP Address
Figure 132 Windows XP: Start Menu
2 In the Control Panel, double-click Network Connections (Network and Dial-up
Connections in Windows 2000/NT).
Figure 133 Windows XP: Control Panel
3 Right-click Local Area Connection and then click Properties.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
227
Appendix E Setting up Your Computer’s IP Address
Figure 134 Windows XP: Control Panel: Network Connections: Properties
4 Select Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) (under the General tab in Win XP) and then click
Properties.
Figure 135 Windows XP: Local Area Connection Properties
5 The Internet Protocol TCP/IP Properties window opens (the General tab in
Windows XP).
• If you have a dynamic IP address click Obtain an IP address automatically.
• If you have a static IP address click Use the following IP Address and fill in the IP
address, Subnet mask, and Default gateway fields.
• Click Advanced.
228
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Appendix E Setting up Your Computer’s IP Address
Figure 136 Windows XP: Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties
If you do not know your gateway's IP address, remove any previously installed
gateways in the IP Settings tab and click OK.
Do one or more of the following if you want to configure additional IP addresses:
• In the IP Settings tab, in IP addresses, click Add.
• In TCP/IP Address, type an IP address in IP address and a subnet mask in Subnet
mask, and then click Add.
• Repeat the above two steps for each IP address you want to add.
• Configure additional default gateways in the IP Settings tab by clicking Add in
Default gateways.
• In TCP/IP Gateway Address, type the IP address of the default gateway in Gateway.
To manually configure a default metric (the number of transmission hops), clear the
Automatic metric check box and type a metric in Metric.
• Click Add.
• Repeat the previous three steps for each default gateway you want to add.
• Click OK when finished.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
229
Appendix E Setting up Your Computer’s IP Address
Figure 137 Windows XP: Advanced TCP/IP Properties
7 In the Internet Protocol TCP/IP Properties window (the General tab in Windows
XP):
• Click Obtain DNS server address automatically if you do not know your DNS
server IP address(es).
• If you know your DNS server IP address(es), click Use the following DNS server
addresses, and type them in the Preferred DNS server and Alternate DNS server
fields.
If you have previously configured DNS servers, click Advanced and then the DNS
tab to order them.
230
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Appendix E Setting up Your Computer’s IP Address
Figure 138 Windows XP: Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties
8 Click OK to close the Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties window.
9 Click Close (OK in Windows 2000/NT) to close the Local Area Connection
Properties window.
10 Close the Network Connections window (Network and Dial-up Connections in
Windows 2000/NT).
11 Turn on your Prestige and restart your computer (if prompted).
Verifying Settings
1 Click Start, All Programs, Accessories and then Command Prompt.
2 In the Command Prompt window, type "ipconfig" and then press [ENTER]. You can
also open Network Connections, right-click a network connection, click Status and
then click the Support tab.
Macintosh OS 8/9
1 Click the Apple menu, Control Panel and double-click TCP/IP to open the TCP/IP
Control Panel.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
231
Appendix E Setting up Your Computer’s IP Address
Figure 139 Macintosh OS 8/9: Apple Menu
2 Select Ethernet built-in from the Connect via list.
Figure 140 Macintosh OS 8/9: TCP/IP
3 For dynamically assigned settings, select Using DHCP Server from the Configure: list.
4 For statically assigned settings, do the following:
232
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Appendix E Setting up Your Computer’s IP Address
• From the Configure box, select Manually.
• Type your IP address in the IP Address box.
• Type your subnet mask in the Subnet mask box.
• Type the IP address of your Prestige in the Router address box.
5 Close the TCP/IP Control Panel.
6 Click Save if prompted, to save changes to your configuration.
7 Turn on your Prestige and restart your computer (if prompted).
Verifying Settings
Check your TCP/IP properties in the TCP/IP Control Panel window.
Macintosh OS X
1 Click the Apple menu, and click System Preferences to open the System Preferences
window.
Figure 141 Macintosh OS X: Apple Menu
2 Click Network in the icon bar.
• Select Automatic from the Location list.
• Select Built-in Ethernet from the Show list.
• Click the TCP/IP tab.
3 For dynamically assigned settings, select Using DHCP from the Configure list.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
233
Appendix E Setting up Your Computer’s IP Address
Figure 142 Macintosh OS X: Network
4 For statically assigned settings, do the following:
• From the Configure box, select Manually.
• Type your IP address in the IP Address box.
• Type your subnet mask in the Subnet mask box.
• Type the IP address of your Prestige in the Router address box.
5 Click Apply Now and close the window.
6 Turn on your Prestige and restart your computer (if prompted).
Verifying Settings
Check your TCP/IP properties in the Network window.
Linux
This section shows you how to configure your computer’s TCP/IP settings in Red Hat Linux
9.0. Procedure, screens and file location may vary depending on your Linux distribution and
release version.
234
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Appendix E Setting up Your Computer’s IP Address
Make sure you are logged in as the root administrator.
Using the K Desktop Environment (KDE)
Follow the steps below to configure your computer IP address using the KDE.
1 Click the Red Hat button (located on the bottom left corner), select System Setting and
click Network.
Figure 143 Red Hat 9.0: KDE: Network Configuration: Devices
2 Double-click on the profile of the network card you wish to configure. The Ethernet
Device General screen displays as shown.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
235
Appendix E Setting up Your Computer’s IP Address
Figure 144 Red Hat 9.0: KDE: Ethernet Device: General
• If you have a dynamic IP address click Automatically obtain IP address settings
with and select dhcp from the drop down list.
• If you have a static IP address click Statically set IP Addresses and fill in the
Address, Subnet mask, and Default Gateway Address fields.
3 Click OK to save the changes and close the Ethernet Device General screen.
4 If you know your DNS server IP address(es), click the DNS tab in the Network
Configuration screen. Enter the DNS server information in the fields provided.
Figure 145 Red Hat 9.0: KDE: Network Configuration: DNS
5 Click the Devices tab.
6 Click the Activate button to apply the changes. The following screen displays. Click Yes
to save the changes in all screens.
236
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Appendix E Setting up Your Computer’s IP Address
Figure 146 Red Hat 9.0: KDE: Network Configuration: Activate
7 After the network card restart process is complete, make sure the Status is Active in the
Network Configuration screen.
Using Configuration Files
Follow the steps below to edit the network configuration files and set your computer IP
address.
1 Assuming that you have only one network card on the computer, locate the ifconfigeth0 configuration file (where eth0 is the name of the Ethernet card). Open the
configuration file with any plain text editor.
• If you have a dynamic IP address, enter dhcp in the BOOTPROTO= field. The
following figure shows an example.
Figure 147 Red Hat 9.0: Dynamic IP Address Setting in ifconfig-eth0
DEVICE=eth0
ONBOOT=yes
BOOTPROTO=dhcp
USERCTL=no
PEERDNS=yes
TYPE=Ethernet
• If you have a static IP address, enter static in the BOOTPROTO= field. Type
IPADDR= followed by the IP address (in dotted decimal notation) and type NETMASK=
followed by the subnet mask. The following example shows an example where the
static IP address is 192.168.1.10 and the subnet mask is 255.255.255.0.
Figure 148 Red Hat 9.0: Static IP Address Setting in ifconfig-eth0
DEVICE=eth0
ONBOOT=yes
BOOTPROTO=static
IPADDR=192.168.1.10
NETMASK=255.255.255.0
USERCTL=no
PEERDNS=yes
TYPE=Ethernet
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
237
Appendix E Setting up Your Computer’s IP Address
2 If you know your DNS server IP address(es), enter the DNS server information in the
resolv.conf file in the /etc directory. The following figure shows an example
where two DNS server IP addresses are specified.
Figure 149 Red Hat 9.0: DNS Settings in resolv.conf
nameserver 172.23.5.1
nameserver 172.23.5.2
3 After you edit and save the configuration files, you must restart the network card. Enter
./network restart in the /etc/rc.d/init.d directory. The following figure
shows an example.
Figure 150 Red Hat 9.0: Restart Ethernet Card
[root@localhost init.d]# network restart
Shutting down interface eth0:
Shutting down loopback interface:
Setting network parameters:
Bringing up loopback interface:
Bringing up interface eth0:
[OK]
[OK]
[OK]
[OK]
[OK]
21.5.1 Verifying Settings
Enter ifconfig in a terminal screen to check your TCP/IP properties.
Figure 151 Red Hat 9.0: Checking TCP/IP Properties
[root@localhost]# ifconfig
eth0
Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr 00:50:BA:72:5B:44
inet addr:172.23.19.129 Bcast:172.23.19.255 Mask:255.255.255.0
UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST MTU:1500 Metric:1
RX packets:717 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 frame:0
TX packets:13 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 carrier:0
collisions:0 txqueuelen:100
RX bytes:730412 (713.2 Kb) TX bytes:1570 (1.5 Kb)
Interrupt:10 Base address:0x1000
[root@localhost]#
238
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
APPENDIX
Wireless LANs
Wireless LAN Topologies
This section discusses ad-hoc and infrastructure wireless LAN topologies.
Ad-hoc Wireless LAN Configuration
The simplest WLAN configuration is an independent (Ad-hoc) WLAN that connects a set of
computers with wireless stations (A, B, C). Any time two or more wireless adapters are within
range of each other, they can set up an independent network, which is commonly referred to as
an Ad-hoc network or Independent Basic Service Set (IBSS). The following diagram shows an
example of notebook computers using wireless adapters to form an Ad-hoc wireless LAN.
Figure 152 Peer-to-Peer Communication in an Ad-hoc Network
BSS
A Basic Service Set (BSS) exists when all communications between wireless stations or
between a wireless station and a wired network client go through one access point (AP).
Intra-BSS traffic is traffic between wireless stations in the BSS. When Intra-BSS is enabled,
wireless station A and B can access the wired network and communicate with each other.
When Intra-BSS is disabled, wireless station A and B can still access the wired network but
cannot communicate with each other.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
239
Appendix F Wireless LANs
Figure 153 Basic Service Set
ESS
An Extended Service Set (ESS) consists of a series of overlapping BSSs, each containing an
access point, with each access point connected together by a wired network. This wired
connection between APs is called a Distribution System (DS).
This type of wireless LAN topology is called an Infrastructure WLAN. The Access Points not
only provide communication with the wired network but also mediate wireless network traffic
in the immediate neighborhood.
An ESSID (ESS IDentification) uniquely identifies each ESS. All access points and their
associated wireless stations within the same ESS must have the same ESSID in order to
communicate.
240
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Appendix F Wireless LANs
Figure 154 Infrastructure WLAN
Channel
A channel is the radio frequency(ies) used by IEEE 802.11a/b/g wireless devices. Channels
available depend on your geographical area. You may have a choice of channels (for your
region) so you should use a different channel than an adjacent AP (access point) to reduce
interference. Interference occurs when radio signals from different access points overlap
causing interference and degrading performance.
Adjacent channels partially overlap however. To avoid interference due to overlap, your AP
should be on a channel at least five channels away from a channel that an adjacent AP is using.
For example, if your region has 11 channels and an adjacent AP is using channel 1, then you
need to select a channel between 6 or 11.
RTS/CTS
A hidden node occurs when two stations are within range of the same access point, but are not
within range of each other. The following figure illustrates a hidden node. Both stations (STA)
are within range of the access point (AP) or wireless gateway, but out-of-range of each other,
so they cannot "hear" each other, that is they do not know if the channel is currently being
used. Therefore, they are considered hidden from each other.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
241
Appendix F Wireless LANs
Figure 155
RTS/CTS
When station A sends data to the AP, it might not know that the station B is already using the
channel. If these two stations send data at the same time, collisions may occur when both sets
of data arrive at the AP at the same time, resulting in a loss of messages for both stations.
RTS/CTS is designed to prevent collisions due to hidden nodes. An RTS/CTS defines the
biggest size data frame you can send before an RTS (Request To Send)/CTS (Clear to Send)
handshake is invoked.
When a data frame exceeds the RTS/CTS value you set (between 0 to 2432 bytes), the station
that wants to transmit this frame must first send an RTS (Request To Send) message to the AP
for permission to send it. The AP then responds with a CTS (Clear to Send) message to all
other stations within its range to notify them to defer their transmission. It also reserves and
confirms with the requesting station the time frame for the requested transmission.
Stations can send frames smaller than the specified RTS/CTS directly to the AP without the
RTS (Request To Send)/CTS (Clear to Send) handshake.
You should only configure RTS/CTS if the possibility of hidden nodes exists on your network
and the "cost" of resending large frames is more than the extra network overhead involved in
the RTS (Request To Send)/CTS (Clear to Send) handshake.
If the RTS/CTS value is greater than the Fragmentation Threshold value (see next), then the
RTS (Request To Send)/CTS (Clear to Send) handshake will never occur as data frames will
be fragmented before they reach RTS/CTS size.
Enabling the RTS Threshold causes redundant network overhead that could
negatively affect the throughput performance instead of providing a remedy.
Fragmentation Threshold
A Fragmentation Threshold is the maximum data fragment size (between 256 and 2432
bytes) that can be sent in the wireless network before the AP will fragment the packet into
smaller data frames.
A large Fragmentation Threshold is recommended for networks not prone to interference
while you should set a smaller threshold for busy networks or networks that are prone to
interference.
242
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Appendix F Wireless LANs
If the Fragmentation Threshold value is smaller than the RTS/CTS value (see previously)
you set then the RTS (Request To Send)/CTS (Clear to Send) handshake will never occur as
data frames will be fragmented before they reach RTS/CTS size.
Preamble Type
A preamble is used to synchronize the transmission timing in your wireless network. There are
two preamble modes: Long and Short.
Short preamble takes less time to process and minimizes overhead, so it should be used in a
good wireless network environment when all wireless stations support it.
Select Long if you have a ‘noisy’ network or are unsure of what preamble mode your wireless
stations support as all IEEE 802.11b compliant wireless adapters must support long preamble.
However, not all wireless adapters support short preamble. Use long preamble if you are
unsure what preamble mode the wireless adapters support, to ensure interpretability between
the AP and the wireless stations and to provide more reliable communication in ‘noisy’
networks.
Select Dynamic to have the AP automatically use short preamble when all wireless stations
support it, otherwise the AP uses long preamble.
The AP and the wireless stations MUST use the same preamble mode in order
to communicate.
IEEE 802.11g Wireless LAN
IEEE 802.11g is fully compatible with the IEEE 802.11b standard. This means an IEEE
802.11b adapter can interface directly with an IEEE 802.11g access point (and vice versa) at
11 Mbps or lower depending on range. IEEE 802.11g has several intermediate rate steps
between the maximum and minimum data rates. The IEEE 802.11g data rate and modulation
are as follows:
Table 104 IEEE 802.11g
DATA RATE (MBPS)
MODULATION
DBPSK (Differential Binary Phase Shift Keyed)
DQPSK (Differential Quadrature Phase Shift Keying)
5.5 / 11
CCK (Complementary Code Keying)
6/9/12/18/24/36/48/54
OFDM (Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing)
IEEE 802.1x
In June 2001, the IEEE 802.1x standard was designed to extend the features of IEEE 802.11 to
support extended authentication as well as providing additional accounting and control
features. It is supported by Windows XP and a number of network devices. Some advantages
of IEEE 802.1x are:
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
243
Appendix F Wireless LANs
• User based identification that allows for roaming.
• Support for RADIUS (Remote Authentication Dial In User Service, RFC 2138, 2139) for
centralized user profile and accounting management on a network RADIUS server.
• Support for EAP (Extensible Authentication Protocol, RFC 2486) that allows additional
authentication methods to be deployed with no changes to the access point or the wireless
stations.
RADIUS
RADIUS is based on a client-server model that supports authentication, authorization and
accounting. The access point is the client and the server is the RADIUS server. The RADIUS
server handles the following tasks:
• Authentication
Determines the identity of the users.
• Authorization
Determines the network services available to authenticated users once they are connected
to the network.
• Accounting
Keeps track of the client’s network activity.
RADIUS is a simple package exchange in which your AP acts as a message relay between the
wireless station and the network RADIUS server.
Types of RADIUS Messages
The following types of RADIUS messages are exchanged between the access point and the
RADIUS server for user authentication:
• Access-Request
Sent by an access point requesting authentication.
• Access-Reject
Sent by a RADIUS server rejecting access.
• Access-Accept
Sent by a RADIUS server allowing access.
• Access-Challenge
Sent by a RADIUS server requesting more information in order to allow access. The
access point sends a proper response from the user and then sends another Access-Request
message.
The following types of RADIUS messages are exchanged between the access point and the
RADIUS server for user accounting:
• Accounting-Request
Sent by the access point requesting accounting.
• Accounting-Response
Sent by the RADIUS server to indicate that it has started or stopped accounting.
244
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Appendix F Wireless LANs
In order to ensure network security, the access point and the RADIUS server use a shared
secret key, which is a password, they both know. The key is not sent over the network. In
addition to the shared key, password information exchanged is also encrypted to protect the
network from unauthorized access.
Types of Authentication
This appendix discusses some popular authentication types: EAP-MD5, EAP-TLS, EAPTTLS, PEAP and LEAP.
The type of authentication you use depends on the RADIUS server or the AP. Consult your
network administrator for more information.
EAP-MD5 (Message-Digest Algorithm 5)
MD5 authentication is the simplest one-way authentication method. The authentication server
sends a challenge to the wireless station. The wireless station ‘proves’ that it knows the
password by encrypting the password with the challenge and sends back the information.
Password is not sent in plain text.
However, MD5 authentication has some weaknesses. Since the authentication server needs to
get the plaintext passwords, the passwords must be stored. Thus someone other than the
authentication server may access the password file. In addition, it is possible to impersonate an
authentication server as MD5 authentication method does not perform mutual authentication.
Finally, MD5 authentication method does not support data encryption with dynamic session
key. You must configure WEP encryption keys for data encryption.
EAP-TLS (Transport Layer Security)
With EAP-TLS, digital certifications are needed by both the server and the wireless stations
for mutual authentication. The server presents a certificate to the client. After validating the
identity of the server, the client sends a different certificate to the server. The exchange of
certificates is done in the open before a secured tunnel is created. This makes user identity
vulnerable to passive attacks. A digital certificate is an electronic ID card that authenticates the
sender’s identity. However, to implement EAP-TLS, you need a Certificate Authority (CA) to
handle certificates, which imposes a management overhead.
EAP-TTLS (Tunneled Transport Layer Service)
EAP-TTLS is an extension of the EAP-TLS authentication that uses certificates for only the
server-side authentications to establish a secure connection. Client authentication is then done
by sending username and password through the secure connection, thus client identity is
protected. For client authentication, EAP-TTLS supports EAP methods and legacy
authentication methods such as PAP, CHAP, MS-CHAP and MS-CHAP v2.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
245
Appendix F Wireless LANs
PEAP (Protected EAP)
Like EAP-TTLS, server-side certificate authentication is used to establish a secure connection,
then use simple username and password methods through the secured connection to
authenticate the clients, thus hiding client identity. However, PEAP only supports EAP
methods, such as EAP-MD5, EAP-MSCHAPv2 and EAP-GTC (EAP-Generic Token Card),
for client authentication. EAP-GTC is implemented only by Cisco.
LEAP
LEAP (Lightweight Extensible Authentication Protocol) is a Cisco implementation of IEEE
802.1x.
Dynamic WEP Key Exchange
The AP maps a unique key that is generated with the RADIUS server. This key expires when
the wireless connection times out, disconnects or reauthentication times out. A new WEP key
is generated each time reauthentication is performed.
If this feature is enabled, it is not necessary to configure a default encryption key in the
Wireless screen. You may still configure and store keys here, but they will not be used while
Dynamic WEP is enabled.
EAP-MD5 cannot be used with dynamic WEP key exchange
For added security, certificate-based authentications (EAP-TLS, EAP-TTLS and PEAP) use
dynamic keys for data encryption. They are often deployed in corporate environments, but for
public deployment, a simple user name and password pair is more practical. The following
table is a comparison of the features of authentication types.
Table 105 Comparison of EAP Authentication Types
EAP-MD5
EAP-TLS
EAP-TTLS
PEAP
LEAP
Mutual Authentication
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Certificate – Client
No
Yes
Optional
Optional
No
Certificate – Server
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Dynamic Key Exchange
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Credential Integrity
None
Strong
Strong
Strong
Moderate
Deployment Difficulty
Easy
Hard
Moderate
Moderate
Moderate
Client Identity Protection
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
WPA(2)
Wi-Fi Protected Access (WPA) is a subset of the IEEE 802.11i standard. WPA2 (IEEE
802.11i) is a wireless security standard that defines stronger encryption, authentication and
key management than WPA.
246
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Appendix F Wireless LANs
Key differences between WPA(2) and WEP are improved data encryption and user
authentication.
Encryption
Both WPA and WPA2 improve data encryption by using Temporal Key Integrity Protocol
(TKIP), Message Integrity Check (MIC) and IEEE 802.1x. In addition to TKIP, WPA2 also
uses Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) in the Counter mode with Cipher block chaining
Message authentication code Protocol (CCMP) to offer stronger encryption.
Temporal Key Integrity Protocol (TKIP) uses 128-bit keys that are dynamically generated and
distributed by the authentication server. It includes a per-packet key mixing function, a
Message Integrity Check (MIC) named Michael, an extended initialization vector (IV) with
sequencing rules, and a re-keying mechanism.
TKIP regularly changes and rotates the encryption keys so that the same encryption key is
never used twice. The RADIUS server distributes a Pairwise Master Key (PMK) key to the AP
that then sets up a key hierarchy and management system, using the pair-wise key to
dynamically generate unique data encryption keys to encrypt every data packet that is
wirelessly communicated between the AP and the wireless clients. This all happens in the
background automatically.
WPA2 AES (Advanced Encryption Standard) is a block cipher that uses a 256-bit
mathematical algorithm called Rijndael.
The Message Integrity Check (MIC) is designed to prevent an attacker from capturing data
packets, altering them and resending them. The MIC provides a strong mathematical function
in which the receiver and the transmitter each compute and then compare the MIC. If they do
not match, it is assumed that the data has been tampered with and the packet is dropped.
By generating unique data encryption keys for every data packet and by creating an integrity
checking mechanism (MIC), TKIP makes it much more difficult to decode data on a Wi-Fi
network than WEP, making it difficult for an intruder to break into the network.
The encryption mechanisms used for WPA and WPA-PSK are the same. The only difference
between the two is that WPA-PSK uses a simple common password, instead of user-specific
credentials. The common-password approach makes WPA-PSK susceptible to brute-force
password-guessing attacks but it's still an improvement over WEP as it employs an easier-touse, consistent, single, alphanumeric password.
User Authentication
WPA or WPA2 applies IEEE 802.1x and Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) to
authenticate wireless clients using an external RADIUS database.
If both an AP and the wireless clients support WPA2 and you have an external RADIUS
server, use WPA2 for stronger data encryption. If you don't have an external RADIUS server,
you should use WPA2 -PSK (WPA2 -Pre-Shared Key) that only requires a single (identical)
password entered into each access point, wireless gateway and wireless client. As long as the
passwords match, a wireless client will be granted access to a WLAN.
If the AP or the wireless clients do not support WPA2, just use WPA or WPA-PSK depending
on whether you have an external RADIUS server or not.
Select WEP only when the AP and/or wireless clients do not support WPA or WPA2. WEP is
less secure than WPA or WPA2.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
247
Appendix F Wireless LANs
21.5.2 WPA(2)-PSK Application Example
A WPA(2)-PSK application looks as follows.
1 First enter identical passwords into the AP and all wireless clients. The Pre-Shared Key
(PSK) must consist of between 8 and 63 ASCII characters (including spaces and
symbols).
2 The AP checks each wireless client's password and (only) allows it to join the network if
the password matches.
3 The AP derives and distributes keys to the wireless clients.
4 The AP and wireless clients use the TKIP or AES encryption process to encrypt data
exchanged between them.
Figure 156 WPA(2)-PSK Authentication
21.5.3 WPA(2) with RADIUS Application Example
You need the IP address of the RADIUS server, its port number (default is 1812), and the
RADIUS shared secret. A WPA(2) application example with an external RADIUS server
looks as follows. "A" is the RADIUS server. "DS" is the distribution system.
1 The AP passes the wireless client's authentication request to the RADIUS server.
2 The RADIUS server then checks the user's identification against its database and grants
or denies network access accordingly.
3 The RADIUS server distributes a Pairwise Master Key (PMK) key to the AP that then
sets up a key hierarchy and management system, using the pair-wise key to dynamically
generate unique data encryption keys to encrypt every data packet that is wirelessly
communicated between the AP and the wireless clients.
248
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Appendix F Wireless LANs
Security Parameters Summary
Refer to this table to see what other security parameters you should configure for each
Authentication Method/ key management protocol type. MAC address filters are not
dependent on how you configure these security features.
Table 106 Wireless Security Relational Matrix
AUTHENTICATION
ENCRYPTIO
METHOD/ KEY
N METHOD
MANAGEMENT PROTOCOL
ENTER
MANUAL KEY
IEEE 802.1X
Open
No
Disable
None
Enable without Dynamic WEP
Key
Open
Shared
WEP
WEP
No
Enable with Dynamic WEP Key
Yes
Enable without Dynamic WEP
Key
Yes
Disable
No
Enable with Dynamic WEP Key
Yes
Enable without Dynamic WEP
Key
Yes
Disable
WPA
TKIP
No
Enable
WPA-PSK
TKIP
Yes
Enable
WPA2
AES
No
Enable
WPA2-PSK
AES
Yes
Enable
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
249
Appendix F Wireless LANs
250
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
APPENDIX
Command Interpreter
The following describes how to use the command interpreter. See the included disk or
zyxel.com for more detailed information on these commands.
Use of undocumented commands or misconfiguration can damage the unit
and possibly render it unusable.
Accessing the Command Interpreter
If your device has SMT, enter 24 in the main menu to bring up the system maintenance menu.
Enter 8 to go to Menu 24.8 - Command Interpreter Mode.
If your device does not have SMT, simply Telnet to the ZyXEL Device’s IP address. You will
log directly into the command interpreter.
Command Syntax
•
•
•
•
•
The command keywords are in courier new font.
Enter the command keywords exactly as shown, do not abbreviate.
The required fields in a command are enclosed in angle brackets <>.
The optional fields in a command are enclosed in square brackets [].
The |symbol means or.
For example,
sys filter netbios config  
means that you must specify the type of netbios filter and whether to turn it on or off.
Command Usage
A list of valid commands can be found by typing help or ? at the command prompt. Always
type the full command. Type exit when finished.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
251
Appendix G Command Interpreter
Log Commands
This section provides some general examples of how to use the log commands. The items that
display with your device may vary but the basic function should be the same.
Go to the command interpreter interface.
Configuring What You Want the ZyXEL Device to Log
1 Use the sys logs load command to load the log setting buffer that allows you to
configure which logs the ZyXEL Device is to record.
2 Use sys logs category to view a list of the log categories.
Figure 157 Displaying Log Categories Example
Copyright (c) 1994 - 2006 ZyXEL Communications Corp.
ras> sys logs category
8021x
access
attack
display
error
icmp
javablocked
mten
packetfilter
ppp
cdr
remote
tcpreset
traffic
upnp
urlblocked
urlforward
wireless
ras>
3 Use sys logs category followed by a log category to display the parameters that are
available for the category.
Figure 158 Displaying Log Parameters Example
ras> sys logs category access
Usage: [0:none/1:log/2:alert/3:both] [0:don't show debug type/
1:show debug type]
4 Use sys logs category followed by a log category and a parameter to decide what to
record.
Use 0 to not record logs for that category, 1 to record only logs for that category, 2 to
record only alerts for that category, and 3 to record both logs and alerts for that category.
Not every parameter is available with every category.
5 Use the sys logs save command to store the settings in the ZyXEL Device (you must
do this in order to record logs).
Displaying Logs
• Use the sys logs display command to show all of the logs in the ZyXEL Device’s
log.
• Use the sys logs category display command to show the log settings for all of the
log categories.
252
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Appendix G Command Interpreter
• Use the sys logs display [log category] command to show the logs in an
individual ZyXEL Device log category.
• Use the sys logs clear command to erase all of the ZyXEL Device’s logs.
Log Command Example
This example shows how to set the ZyXEL Device to record the access logs and alerts and
then view the results.
ras>
ras>
ras>
ras>
sys
sys
sys
sys
logs
logs
logs
logs
load
category access 3
save
display access
#.time
source
destination
notes
message
0|01/02/2000 04:06:35 |192.168.1.33:2190
FORWARD
Firewall default policy: TCP (L to W)
1|01/02/2000 04:06:28 |192.168.1.33:2190
FORWARD
Firewall default policy: TCP (L to W)
3|01/02/2000 04:06:25 |192.168.1.33:2190
FORWARD
Firewall default policy: UDP (L to W)
4|01/02/2000 04:06:16 |192.168.1.33:2187
FORWARD
Firewall default policy: TCP (L to W)
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
|207.69.188.186:135
|ACCESS
|207.69.188.186:135
|ACCESS
|207.69.188.186:135
|ACCESS
|207.69.188.186:80
|ACCESS
253
Appendix G Command Interpreter
254
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
APPENDIX
NetBIOS Filter Commands
The following describes the NetBIOS packet filter commands. See Appendix G on page 251
for information on the command structure.
Introduction
NetBIOS (Network Basic Input/Output System) are TCP or UDP broadcast packets that
enable a computer to connect to and communicate with a LAN.
For some dial-up services such as PPPoE or PPTP, NetBIOS packets cause unwanted calls.
You can configure NetBIOS filters to do the following:
• Allow or disallow the sending of NetBIOS packets from the LAN to the WAN and from
the WAN to the LAN.
• Allow or disallow the sending of NetBIOS packets from the LAN to the DMZ and from
the DMZ to the LAN.
• Allow or disallow the sending of NetBIOS packets from the WAN to the DMZ and from
the DMZ to the WAN.
• Allow or disallow the sending of NetBIOS packets through VPN connections.
• Allow or disallow NetBIOS packets to initiate calls.
Display NetBIOS Filter Settings
Syntax:
sys filter netbios disp
This command gives a read-only list of the current NetBIOS filter modes for The ZyXEL
Device.
NetBIOS Display Filter Settings Command Example
=========== NetBIOS Filter Status ===========
Between LAN and WAN: Block
Between LAN and DMZ: Block
Between WAN and DMZ: Block
IPSec Packets: Forward
Trigger Dial: Disabled
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
255
Appendix H NetBIOS Filter Commands
The filter types and their default settings are as follows.
Table 107 NetBIOS Filter Default Settings
NAME
DESCRIPTION
EXAMPLE
Between LAN
and WAN
This field displays whether NetBIOS packets are blocked or forwarded
between the LAN and the WAN.
Block
Between LAN
and DMZ
This field displays whether NetBIOS packets are blocked or forwarded
between the LAN and the DMZ.
Block
Between WAN
and DMZ
This field displays whether NetBIOS packets are blocked or forwarded
between the WAN and the DMZ.
Block
IPSec Packets This field displays whether NetBIOS packets sent through a VPN
connection are blocked or forwarded.
Forward
Trigger dial
Disabled
This field displays whether NetBIOS packets are allowed to initiate
calls. Disabled means that NetBIOS packets are blocked from
initiating calls.
NetBIOS Filter Configuration
Syntax:sys filter netbios config  
where

Identify which NetBIOS filter (numbered 0-3) to configure.
0 = Between LAN and WAN
1 = Between LAN and DMZ
2 = Between WAN and DMZ
3 = IPSec packet pass through
4 = Trigger Dial

For type 0 and 1, use on to enable the filter and block NetBIOS
packets. Use off to disable the filter and forward NetBIOS packets.
For type 3, use on to block NetBIOS packets from being sent
through a VPN connection. Use off to allow NetBIOS packets to be
sent through a VPN connection.
For type 4, use on to allow NetBIOS packets to initiate dial backup
calls. Use off to block NetBIOS packets from initiating dial backup
calls.
Example commands
256
sys filter netbios
config 0 on
This command blocks LAN to WAN and WAN to LAN NetBIOS
packets.
sys filter netbios
config 1 off
This command forwards LAN to DMZ and DMZ to LAN NetBIOS
packets.
sys filter netbios
config 3 on
This command blocks IPSec NetBIOS packets.
sys filter netbios
config 4 off
This command stops NetBIOS commands from initiating calls.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
APPENDIX
Services
The following table lists some commonly-used services and their associated protocols and port
numbers.
• Name: This is a short, descriptive name for the service. You can use this one or create a
different one, if you like.
• Protocol: This is the type of IP protocol used by the service. If this is TCP/UDP, then the
service uses the same port number with TCP and UDP. If this is User-Defined, the Port(s)
is the IP protocol number, not the port number.
• Port(s): This value depends on the Protocol.
• If the Protocol is TCP, UDP, or TCP/UDP, this is the IP port number.
• If the Protocol is USER, this is the IP protocol number.
• Description: This is a brief explanation of the applications that use this service or the
situations in which this service is used.
Table 108 Examples of Services
NAME
PROTOCOL
PORT(S)
DESCRIPTION
AH
(IPSEC_TUNNEL)
User-Defined
51
The IPSEC AH (Authentication Header)
tunneling protocol uses this service.
AIM
TCP
5190
AOL’s Internet Messenger service.
AUTH
TCP
113
Authentication protocol used by some
servers.
BGP
TCP
179
Border Gateway Protocol.
BOOTP_CLIENT
UDP
68
DHCP Client.
BOOTP_SERVER
UDP
67
DHCP Server.
CU-SEEME
TCP/UDP
TCP/UDP
7648
24032
A popular videoconferencing solution from
White Pines Software.
DNS
TCP/UDP
53
Domain Name Server, a service that
matches web names (e.g. www.zyxel.com)
to IP numbers.
ESP
(IPSEC_TUNNEL)
User-Defined
50
The IPSEC ESP (Encapsulation Security
Protocol) tunneling protocol uses this
service.
FINGER
TCP
79
Finger is a UNIX or Internet related
command that can be used to find out if a
user is logged on.
FTP
TCP
TCP
20
21
File Transfer Program, a program to enable
fast transfer of files, including large files that
may not be possible by e-mail.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
257
Appendix I Services
Table 108 Examples of Services (continued)
258
NAME
PROTOCOL
PORT(S)
DESCRIPTION
H.323
TCP
1720
NetMeeting uses this protocol.
HTTP
TCP
80
Hyper Text Transfer Protocol - a client/
server protocol for the world wide web.
HTTPS
TCP
443
HTTPS is a secured http session often used
in e-commerce.
ICMP
User-Defined
Internet Control Message Protocol is often
used for diagnostic purposes.
ICQ
UDP
4000
This is a popular Internet chat program.
IGMP (MULTICAST) User-Defined
Internet Group Multicast Protocol is used
when sending packets to a specific group of
hosts.
IKE
UDP
500
The Internet Key Exchange algorithm is
used for key distribution and management.
IMAP4
TCP
143
The Internet Message Access Protocol is
used for e-mail.
IMAP4S
TCP
993
This is a more secure version of IMAP4 that
runs over SSL.
IRC
TCP/UDP
6667
This is another popular Internet chat
program.
MSN Messenger
TCP
1863
Microsoft Networks’ messenger service
uses this protocol.
NetBIOS
TCP/UDP
TCP/UDP
TCP/UDP
TCP/UDP
137
138
139
445
The Network Basic Input/Output System is
used for communication between
computers in a LAN.
NEW-ICQ
TCP
5190
An Internet chat program.
NEWS
TCP
144
A protocol for news groups.
NFS
UDP
2049
Network File System - NFS is a client/
server distributed file service that provides
transparent file sharing for network
environments.
NNTP
TCP
119
Network News Transport Protocol is the
delivery mechanism for the USENET
newsgroup service.
PING
User-Defined
Packet INternet Groper is a protocol that
sends out ICMP echo requests to test
whether or not a remote host is reachable.
POP3
TCP
110
Post Office Protocol version 3 lets a client
computer get e-mail from a POP3 server
through a temporary connection (TCP/IP or
other).
POP3S
TCP
995
This is a more secure version of POP3 that
runs over SSL.
PPTP
TCP
1723
Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol enables
secure transfer of data over public
networks. This is the control channel.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Appendix I Services
Table 108 Examples of Services (continued)
NAME
PROTOCOL
PORT(S)
DESCRIPTION
PPTP_TUNNEL
(GRE)
User-Defined
47
PPTP (Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol)
enables secure transfer of data over public
networks. This is the data channel.
RCMD
TCP
512
Remote Command Service.
REAL_AUDIO
TCP
7070
A streaming audio service that enables real
time sound over the web.
REXEC
TCP
514
Remote Execution Daemon.
RLOGIN
TCP
513
Remote Login.
ROADRUNNER
TCP/UDP
1026
This is an ISP that provides services mainly
for cable modems.
RTELNET
TCP
107
Remote Telnet.
RTSP
TCP/UDP
554
The Real Time Streaming (media control)
Protocol (RTSP) is a remote control for
multimedia on the Internet.
SFTP
TCP
115
The Simple File Transfer Protocol is an old
way of transferring files between
computers.
SMTP
TCP
25
Simple Mail Transfer Protocol is the
message-exchange standard for the
Internet. SMTP enables you to move
messages from one e-mail server to
another.
SMTPS
TCP
465
This is a more secure version of SMTP that
runs over SSL.
SNMP
TCP/UDP
161
Simple Network Management Program.
SNMP-TRAPS
TCP/UDP
162
Traps for use with the SNMP (RFC:1215).
SQL-NET
TCP
1521
Structured Query Language is an interface
to access data on many different types of
database systems, including mainframes,
midrange systems, UNIX systems and
network servers.
SSDP
UDP
1900
The Simple Service Discovery Protocol
supports Universal Plug-and-Play (UPnP).
SSH
TCP/UDP
22
Secure Shell Remote Login Program.
STRM WORKS
UDP
1558
Stream Works Protocol.
SYSLOG
UDP
514
Syslog allows you to send system logs to a
UNIX server.
TACACS
UDP
49
Login Host Protocol used for (Terminal
Access Controller Access Control System).
TELNET
TCP
23
Telnet is the login and terminal emulation
protocol common on the Internet and in
UNIX environments. It operates over TCP/
IP networks. Its primary function is to allow
users to log into remote host systems.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
259
Appendix I Services
Table 108 Examples of Services (continued)
260
NAME
PROTOCOL
PORT(S)
DESCRIPTION
TFTP
UDP
69
Trivial File Transfer Protocol is an Internet
file transfer protocol similar to FTP, but
uses the UDP (User Datagram Protocol)
rather than TCP (Transmission Control
Protocol).
VDOLIVE
TCP
UDP
7000
userdefined
A videoconferencing solution. The UDP port
number is specified in the application.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
APPENDIX
Internal SPTGEN
This appendix introduces Internal SPTGEN. All menus shown in this appendix are example
menus meant to show SPTGEN usage. Actual menus for your product may differ.
Internal SPTGEN Overview
Internal SPTGEN (System Parameter Table Generator) is a configuration text file useful for
efficient configuration of multiple ZyXEL Devices. Internal SPTGEN lets you configure, save
and upload multiple menus at the same time using just one configuration text file – eliminating
the need to navigate and configure individual screens for each ZyXEL Device. You can use
FTP to get the Internal SPTGEN file. Then edit the file in a text editor and use FTP to upload
it again to the same device or another one. See the following sections for details.
The Configuration Text File Format
All Internal SPTGEN text files conform to the following format:
,
where  is your input conforming to .
The figure shown next is an example of an Internal SPTGEN text file.
Figure 159 Configuration Text File Format: Column Descriptions
/ Menu 1 General Setup
10000000 = Configured
<0(No)| 1(Yes)>
= 1
10000001 = System Name

= Your Device
10000002 = Location

10000003 = Contact Person’s Name

10000004 = Route IP
<0(No)| 1(Yes)>
= 1
10000005 = Route IPX
<0(No)| 1(Yes)>
= 0
10000006 = Bridge
<0(No)| 1(Yes)>
= 0
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
261
Appendix J Internal SPTGEN
DO NOT alter or delete any field except parameters in the Input column.
This appendix introduces Internal SPTGEN. All menus shown in this appendix are example
menus meant to show SPTGEN usage. Actual menus for your product may differ.
Internal SPTGEN File Modification - Important Points to Remember
Each parameter you enter must be preceded by one “=”sign and one space.
Some parameters are dependent on others. For example, if you disable the Configured field in
menu 1 (see Figure 159 on page 261), then you disable every field in this menu.
If you enter a parameter that is invalid in the Input column, the ZyXEL Device will not save
the configuration and the command line will display the Field Identification Number. Figure
160 on page 262, shown next, is an example of what the ZyXEL Device displays if you enter a
value other than “0” or “1” in the Input column of Field Identification Number 1000000
(refer to Figure 159 on page 261).
Figure 160 Invalid Parameter Entered: Command Line Example
field value is not legal error:-1
ROM-t is not saved, error Line ID:10000000
reboot to get the original configuration
Bootbase Version: V2.02 | 2/22/2001 13:33:11
RAM: Size = 8192 Kbytes
FLASH: Intel 8M *2
The ZyXEL Device will display the following if you enter parameter(s) that are valid.
Figure 161 Valid Parameter Entered: Command Line Example
Please wait for the system to write SPT text file(ROM-t)...
Bootbase Version: V2.02 | 2/22/2001 13:33:11
RAM: Size = 8192 Kbytes
FLASH: Intel 8M *2
Internal SPTGEN FTP Download Example
1 Launch your FTP application.
2 Enter "bin". The command “bin” sets the transfer mode to binary.
3 Get "rom-t" file. The command “get” transfers files from the ZyXEL Device to your
computer. The name “rom-t” is the configuration filename on the ZyXEL Device.
4 Edit the "rom-t" file using a text editor (do not use a word processor). You must leave
this FTP screen to edit.
262
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Appendix J Internal SPTGEN
Figure 162
Internal SPTGEN FTP Download Example
c:\ftp 192.168.1.1
220 PPP FTP version 1.0 ready at Sat Jan 1 03:22:12 2000
User (192.168.1.1:(none)):
331 Enter PASS command
Password:
230 Logged in
ftp>bin
200 Type I OK
ftp> get rom-t
ftp>bye
c:\edit rom-t
(edit the rom-t text file by a text editor and save it)
You can rename your “rom-t” file when you save it to your computer but it
must be named “rom-t” when you upload it to your ZyXEL Device.
Internal SPTGEN FTP Upload Example
1 Launch your FTP application.
2 Enter "bin". The command “bin” sets the transfer mode to binary.
3 Upload your “rom-t” file from your computer to the ZyXEL Device using the “put”
command. computer to the ZyXEL Device.
4 Exit this FTP application.
Figure 163 Internal SPTGEN FTP Upload Example
c:\ftp 192.168.1.1
220 PPP FTP version 1.0 ready at Sat Jan 1 03:22:12 2000
User (192.168.1.1:(none)):
331 Enter PASS command
Password:
230 Logged in
ftp>bin
200 Type I OK
ftp> put rom-t
ftp>bye
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
263
Appendix J Internal SPTGEN
Example Internal SPTGEN Menus
This section provides example Internal SPTGEN menus.
Table 109 Abbreviations Used in the Example Internal SPTGEN Screens Table
ABBREVIATION
MEANING
FIN
Field Identification Number
FN
Field Name
PVA
Parameter Values Allowed
INPUT
An example of what you may enter
Applies to the ZyXEL Device.
Table 110 Menu 1 General Setup
/ Menu 1 General Setup
FIN
FN
PVA
INPUT
10000000 =
Configured
<0(No) | 1(Yes)>
= 0
10000001 =
System Name

= Your Device
10000002 =
Location

10000003 =
Contact Person's Name

10000004 =
Route IP
<0(No) | 1(Yes)>
= 1
10000006 =
Bridge
<0(No) | 1(Yes)>
= 0
Table 111 Menu 3
/ Menu 3.1 General Ethernet Setup
264
FIN
FN
PVA
INPUT
30100001 =
Input Protocol filters Set 1
= 2
30100002 =
Input Protocol filters Set 2
= 256
30100003 =
Input Protocol filters Set 3
= 256
30100004 =
Input Protocol filters Set 4
= 256
30100005 =
Input device filters Set 1
= 256
30100006 =
Input device filters Set 2
= 256
30100007 =
Input device filters Set 3
= 256
30100008 =
Input device filters Set 4
= 256
30100009 =
Output protocol filters Set 1
= 256
30100010 =
Output protocol filters Set 2
= 256
30100011 =
Output protocol filters Set 3
= 256
30100012 =
Output protocol filters Set 4
= 256
30100013 =
Output device filters Set 1
= 256
30100014 =
Output device filters Set 2
= 256
30100015 =
Output device filters Set 3
= 256
30100016 =
Output device filters Set 4
= 256
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Appendix J Internal SPTGEN
Table 111 Menu 3
/ Menu 3.2 TCP/IP and DHCP Ethernet Setup
FIN
FN
PVA
INPUT
30200001 =
DHCP
<0(None) |
1(Server) |
2(Relay)>
= 0
30200002 =
Client IP Pool Starting Address
192.168.1.33
30200003 =
Size of Client IP Pool
= 32
30200004 =
Primary DNS Server
= 0.0.0.0
30200005 =
Secondary DNS Server
= 0.0.0.0
30200006 =
Remote DHCP Server
= 0.0.0.0
30200008 =
IP Address
172.21.2.200
30200009 =
IP Subnet Mask
30200010 =
RIP Direction
<0(None) |
1(Both) | 2(In
Only) | 3(Out
Only)>
= 0
30200011 =
Version
<0(Rip-1) |
1(Rip-2B)
|2(Rip-2M)>
= 0
30200012 =
Multicast
<0(IGMP-v2) |
1(IGMP-v1) |
2(None)>
= 2
30200013 =
IP Policies Set 1 (1~12)
= 256
30200014 =
IP Policies Set 2 (1~12)
= 256
30200015 =
IP Policies Set 3 (1~12)
= 256
30200016 =
IP Policies Set 4 (1~12)
= 256
= 16
/ Menu 3.2.1 IP Alias Setup
FIN
FN
PVA
INPUT
30201001 =
IP Alias 1
<0(No) |
1(Yes)>
= 0
30201002 =
IP Address
= 0.0.0.0
30201003 =
IP Subnet Mask
= 0
30201004 =
RIP Direction
<0(None) |
1(Both) | 2(In
Only) | 3(Out
Only)>
= 0
30201005 =
Version
<0(Rip-1) |
1(Rip-2B)
|2(Rip-2M)>
= 0
30201006 =
IP Alias #1 Incoming protocol filters
Set 1
= 256
30201007 =
IP Alias #1 Incoming protocol filters
Set 2
= 256
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
265
Appendix J Internal SPTGEN
Table 111 Menu 3
30201008 =
IP Alias #1 Incoming protocol filters
Set 3
= 256
30201009 =
IP Alias #1 Incoming protocol filters
Set 4
= 256
30201010 =
IP Alias #1 Outgoing protocol filters
Set 1
= 256
30201011 =
IP Alias #1 Outgoing protocol filters
Set 2
= 256
30201012 =
IP Alias #1 Outgoing protocol filters
Set 3
= 256
30201013 =
IP Alias #1 Outgoing protocol filters
Set 4
= 256
30201014 =
IP Alias 2 <0(No) | 1(Yes)>
= 0
30201015 =
IP Address
= 0.0.0.0
30201016 =
IP Subnet Mask
= 0
30201017 =
RIP Direction
<0(None) |
1(Both) | 2(In
Only) | 3(Out
Only)>
= 0
30201018 =
Version
<0(Rip-1) |
1(Rip-2B)
|2(Rip-2M)>
= 0
30201019 =
IP Alias #2 Incoming protocol filters
Set 1
= 256
30201020 =
IP Alias #2 Incoming protocol filters
Set 2
= 256
30201021 =
IP Alias #2 Incoming protocol filters
Set 3
= 256
30201022 =
IP Alias #2 Incoming protocol filters
Set 4
= 256
30201023 =
IP Alias #2 Outgoing protocol filters
Set 1
= 256
30201024 =
IP Alias #2 Outgoing protocol filters
Set 2
= 256
30201025 =
IP Alias #2 Outgoing protocol filters
Set 3
= 256
30201026 =
IP Alias #2 Outgoing protocol filters
Set 4
= 256
*/ Menu 3.5 Wireless LAN Setup
266
FIN
FN
PVA
INPUT
30500001 =
ESSID
30500002 =
Hide ESSID
<0(No) |
1(Yes)>
= 0
30500003 =
Channel ID
<1|2|3|4|5|6|
7|8|9|10|11|1
2|13>
= 1
Wireless
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Appendix J Internal SPTGEN
Table 111 Menu 3
30500004 =
RTS Threshold
<0 ~ 2432>
= 2432
30500005 =
FRAG. Threshold
<256 ~ 2432>
= 2432
30500006 =
WEP
<0(DISABLE) |
1(64-bit WEP)
| 2(128-bit
WEP)>
= 0
30500007 =
Default Key
30500008 =
WEP Key1
30500009 =
WEP Key2
30500010 =
WEP Key3
30500011 =
WEP Key4
30500012 =
Wlan Active
30500013 =
Wlan 4X Mode
<1|2|3|4> = 0
<0(Disable) |
1(Enable)>
= 0
<0(Disable) |
1(Enable)>
= 0
*/ MENU 3.5.1 WLAN MAC ADDRESS FILTER
FIN
FN
PVA
INPUT
30501001 =
Mac Filter Active
<0(No) |
1(Yes)>
= 0
30501002 =
Filter Action
<0(Allow) |
1(Deny)>
= 0
30501003 =
Address
00:00:00:00:
00:00
30501004 =
Address
00:00:00:00:
00:00
30501005 =
Address
00:00:00:00:
00:00
Continued
…
30501034 =
Address
…
32
00:00:00:00:
00:00
Table 112 Menu 4 Internet Access Setup
/ Menu 4 Internet Access Setup
FIN
FN
PVA
INPUT
40000000 =
Configured
<0(No) |
1(Yes)>
= 1
40000001 =
ISP
<0(No) |
1(Yes)>
= 1
40000002 =
Active
<0(No) |
1(Yes)>
= 1
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
267
Appendix J Internal SPTGEN
Table 112 Menu 4 Internet Access Setup (continued)
268
40000003 =
ISP's Name
40000004 =
Encapsulation
<2(PPPOE) |
3(RFC 1483)|
4(PPPoA )|
5(ENET
ENCAP)>
= 2
40000005 =
Multiplexing
<1(LLC-based)
| 2(VC-based)
= 1
40000006 =
VPI #
= 0
40000007 =
VCI #
= 35
40000008 =
Service Name
40000009 =
My Login

= test@pqa
40000010 =
My Password

= 1234
40000011 =
Single User Account
<0(No) |
1(Yes)>
= 1
40000012 =
IP Address Assignment
<0(Static)|1(
Dynamic)>
= 1
40000013 =
IP Address
= 0.0.0.0
40000014 =
Remote IP address
= 0.0.0.0
40000015 =
Remote IP subnet mask
= 0
40000016 =
ISP incoming protocol filter set 1
= 6
40000017 =
ISP incoming protocol filter set 2
= 256
40000018 =
ISP incoming protocol filter set 3
= 256
40000019 =
ISP incoming protocol filter set 4
= 256
40000020 =
ISP outgoing protocol filter set 1
= 256
40000021 =
ISP outgoing protocol filter set 2
= 256
40000022 =
ISP outgoing protocol filter set 3
= 256
40000023 =
ISP outgoing protocol filter set 4
= 256
40000024 =
ISP PPPoE idle timeout
= 0
40000025 =
Route IP
<0(No) |
1(Yes)>
= 1
40000026 =
Bridge
<0(No) |
1(Yes)>
= 0
40000027 =
ATM QoS Type
<0(CBR) | (1
(UBR)>
= 1
40000028 =
Peak Cell Rate (PCR)
= 0
40000029 =
Sustain Cell Rate (SCR)
= 0
40000030 =
Maximum Burst Size(MBS)
40000031=
RIP Direction
= ChangeMe

= any
= 0
<0(None) |
1(Both) | 2(In
Only) | 3(Out
Only)>
= 0
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Appendix J Internal SPTGEN
Table 112 Menu 4 Internet Access Setup (continued)
40000032=
RIP Version
<0(Rip-1) |
1(Rip-2B)
|2(Rip-2M)>
= 0
40000033=
Nailed-up Connection
<0(No)
|1(Yes)>
= 0
Table 113 Menu 12
/ Menu 12.1.1 IP Static Route Setup
FIN
FN
PVA
INPUT
120101001 =
IP Static Route set #1, Name

120101002 =
IP Static Route set #1, Active
<0(No) |1(Yes)>
= 0
120101003 =
IP Static Route set #1, Destination
IP address
= 0.0.0.0
120101004 =
IP Static Route set #1, Destination
IP subnetmask
= 0
120101005 =
IP Static Route set #1, Gateway
= 0.0.0.0
120101006 =
IP Static Route set #1, Metric
= 0
120101007 =
IP Static Route set #1, Private
<0(No) |1(Yes)>
= 0
/ Menu 12.1.2 IP Static Route Setup
FIN
FN
PVA
INPUT
120108001 =
IP Static Route set #8, Name

120108002 =
IP Static Route set #8, Active
<0(No) |1(Yes)>
= 0
120108003 =
IP Static Route set #8, Destination
IP address
= 0.0.0.0
120108004 =
IP Static Route set #8, Destination
IP subnetmask
= 0
120108005 =
IP Static Route set #8, Gateway
= 0.0.0.0
120108006 =
IP Static Route set #8, Metric
= 0
120108007 =
IP Static Route set #8, Private
<0(No) |1(Yes)>
= 0
Table 114 Menu 15 SUA Server Setup
/ Menu 15 SUA Server Setup
FIN
FN
150000001 =
SUA Server IP address for default
port
150000002 =
SUA Server #2 Active
<0(No) | 1(Yes)>
= 0
150000003 =
SUA Server #2 Protocol
<0(All)|6(TCP)|17(U
DP)>
= 0
150000004 =
SUA Server #2 Port Start
150000005 =
SUA Server #2 Port End
= 0
150000006 =
SUA Server #2 Local IP address
= 0.0.0.0
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
PVA
INPUT
= 0.0.0.0
= 0
269
Appendix J Internal SPTGEN
Table 114 Menu 15 SUA Server Setup (continued)
270
150000007 =
SUA Server #3 Active
<0(No) | 1(Yes)>
= 0
150000008 =
SUA Server #3 Protocol
<0(All)|6(TCP)|17(U
DP)>
= 0
150000009 =
SUA Server #3 Port Start
= 0
150000010 =
SUA Server #3 Port End
= 0
150000011 =
SUA Server #3 Local IP address
= 0.0.0.0
150000012 =
SUA Server #4 Active
<0(No) | 1(Yes)>
= 0
150000013 =
SUA Server #4 Protocol
<0(All)|6(TCP)|17(U
DP)>
= 0
150000014 =
SUA Server #4 Port Start
= 0
150000015 =
SUA Server #4 Port End
= 0
150000016 =
SUA Server #4 Local IP address
= 0.0.0.0
150000017 =
SUA Server #5 Active
<0(No) | 1(Yes)>
= 0
150000018 =
SUA Server #5 Protocol
<0(All)|6(TCP)|17(U
DP)>
= 0
150000019 =
SUA Server #5 Port Start
= 0
150000020 =
SUA Server #5 Port End
= 0
150000021 =
SUA Server #5 Local IP address
= 0.0.0.0
150000022 =
SUA Server #6 Active
<0(No) | 1(Yes)> =
= 0
150000023 =
SUA Server #6 Protocol
<0(All)|6(TCP)|17(U
DP)>
= 0
150000024 =
SUA Server #6 Port Start
= 0
150000025 =
SUA Server #6 Port End
= 0
150000026 =
SUA Server #6 Local IP address
= 0.0.0.0
150000027 =
SUA Server #7 Active
<0(No) | 1(Yes)>
= 0
150000028 =
SUA Server #7 Protocol
<0(All)|6(TCP)|17(U
DP)>
= 0.0.0.0
150000029 =
SUA Server #7 Port Start
= 0
150000030 =
SUA Server #7 Port End
= 0
150000031 =
SUA Server #7 Local IP address
= 0.0.0.0
150000032 =
SUA Server #8 Active
<0(No) | 1(Yes)>
= 0
150000033 =
SUA Server #8 Protocol
<0(All)|6(TCP)|17(U
DP)>
= 0
150000034 =
SUA Server #8 Port Start
= 0
150000035 =
SUA Server #8 Port End
= 0
150000036 =
SUA Server #8 Local IP address
= 0.0.0.0
150000037 =
SUA Server #9 Active
<0(No) | 1(Yes)>
= 0
150000038 =
SUA Server #9 Protocol
<0(All)|6(TCP)|17(U
DP)>
= 0
150000039 =
SUA Server #9 Port Start
= 0
150000040 =
SUA Server #9 Port End
= 0
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Appendix J Internal SPTGEN
Table 114 Menu 15 SUA Server Setup (continued)
150000041 =
SUA Server #9 Local IP address
150000042
= SUA Server #10 Active
= 0.0.0.0
<0(No) | 1(Yes)>
= 0
<0(All)|6(TCP)|17(U
DP)>
= 0
150000043 =
SUA Server #10 Protocol
150000044 =
SUA Server #10 Port Start
= 0
150000045 =
SUA Server #10 Port End
= 0
150000046 =
SUA Server #10 Local IP address
= 0.0.0.0
150000047 =
SUA Server #11 Active
<0(No) | 1(Yes)>
= 0
150000048 =
SUA Server #11 Protocol
<0(All)|6(TCP)|17(U
DP)>
= 0
150000049 =
SUA Server #11 Port Start
= 0
150000050 =
SUA Server #11 Port End
= 0
150000051 =
SUA Server #11 Local IP address
= 0.0.0.0
150000052 =
SUA Server #12 Active
<0(No) | 1(Yes)>
= 0
150000053 =
SUA Server #12 Protocol
<0(All)|6(TCP)|17(U
DP)>
= 0
150000054 =
SUA Server #12 Port Start
= 0
150000055 =
SUA Server #12 Port End
= 0
150000056 =
SUA Server #12 Local IP address
= 0.0.0.0
Table 115 Menu 21.1 Filter Set #1
/ Menu 21 Filter set #1
FIN
FN
PVA
INPUT
210100001 =
Filter Set 1, Name

/ Menu 21.1.1.1 set #1, rule #1
FIN
FN
PVA
INPUT
210101001 =
IP Filter Set 1,Rule 1 Type
<2(TCP/IP)>
= 2
210101002 =
IP Filter Set 1,Rule 1 Active
<0(No)|1(Yes)>
= 1
210101003 =
IP Filter Set 1,Rule 1 Protocol
= 6
210101004 =
IP Filter Set 1,Rule 1 Dest IP address
= 0.0.0.0
210101005 =
IP Filter Set 1,Rule 1 Dest Subnet
Mask
= 0
210101006 =
IP Filter Set 1,Rule 1 Dest Port
= 137
210101007 =
IP Filter Set 1,Rule 1 Dest Port Comp
210101008 =
IP Filter Set 1,Rule 1 Src IP address
= 0.0.0.0
210101009 =
IP Filter Set 1,Rule 1 Src Subnet Mask
= 0
210101010 =
IP Filter Set 1,Rule 1 Src Port
= 0
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
<0(none)|1(equal)
|2(not equal)|
3(less)|
4(greater)>
= 1
271
Appendix J Internal SPTGEN
Table 115 Menu 21.1 Filter Set #1 (continued)
210101011 =
IP Filter Set 1,Rule 1 Src Port Comp
<0(none)|1(equal)
|2(not
equal)|3(less)|4(
greater)>
= 0
210101013 =
IP Filter Set 1,Rule 1 Act Match
<1(check
next)|2(forward)|
3(drop)>
= 3
210101014 =
IP Filter Set 1,Rule 1 Act Not Match
<1(check
next)|2(forward)|
3(drop)>
= 1
/ Menu 21.1.1.2 set #1, rule #2
FIN
FN
PVA
INPUT
210102001 =
IP Filter Set 1,Rule 2 Type
<2(TCP/IP)>
= 2
210102002 =
IP Filter Set 1,Rule 2 Active
<0(No)|1(Yes)>
= 1
210102003 =
IP Filter Set 1,Rule 2 Protocol
= 6
210102004 =
IP Filter Set 1,Rule 2 Dest IP address
= 0.0.0.0
210102005 =
IP Filter Set 1,Rule 2 Dest Subnet
Mask
= 0
210102006 =
IP Filter Set 1,Rule 2 Dest Port
= 138
210102007 =
IP Filter Set 1,Rule 2 Dest Port Comp
210102008 =
IP Filter Set 1,Rule 2 Src IP address
= 0.0.0.0
210102009 =
IP Filter Set 1,Rule 2 Src Subnet Mask
= 0
210102010 =
IP Filter Set 1,Rule 2 Src Port
= 0
210102011 =
IP Filter Set 1,Rule 2 Src Port Comp
<0(none)|1(equal)
|2(not
equal)|3(less)|4(
greater)>
= 0
210102013 =
IP Filter Set 1,Rule 2 Act Match
<1(check
next)|2(forward)|
3(drop)>
= 3
210102014 =
IP Filter Set 1,Rule 2 Act Not Match
<1(check
next)|2(forward)|
3(drop)>
= 1
<0(none)|1(equal)
|2(not
equal)|3(less)|4(
greater)>
= 1
Table 116 Menu 21.1 Filer Set #2,
/ Menu 21.1 filter set #2,
FIN
FN
PVA
INPUT
210200001 =
Filter Set 2, Nam

NetBIOS_WAN
PVA
INPUT
/ Menu 21.1.2.1 Filter set #2, rule #1
FIN
272
FN
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Appendix J Internal SPTGEN
Table 116 Menu 21.1 Filer Set #2, (continued)
210201001 =
IP Filter Set 2, Rule 1 Type
<0(none)|2(TCP/
IP)>
= 2
210201002 =
IP Filter Set 2, Rule 1 Active
<0(No)|1(Yes)>
= 1
210201003 =
IP Filter Set 2, Rule 1 Protocol
= 6
210201004 =
IP Filter Set 2, Rule 1 Dest IP
address
= 0.0.0.0
210201005 =
IP Filter Set 2, Rule 1 Dest
Subnet Mask
= 0
210201006 =
IP Filter Set 2, Rule 1 Dest Port
= 137
210201007 =
IP Filter Set 2, Rule 1 Dest Port
Comp
210201008 =
IP Filter Set 2, Rule 1 Src IP
address
= 0.0.0.0
210201009 =
IP Filter Set 2, Rule 1 Src Subnet
Mask
= 0
210201010 =
IP Filter Set 2, Rule 1 Src Port
= 0
210201011 =
IP Filter Set 2, Rule 1 Src Port
Comp
<0(none)|1(equal)|
2(not
equal)|3(less)|4(g
reater)>
= 0
210201013 =
IP Filter Set 2, Rule 1 Act Match
<1(check
next)|2(forward)|3
(drop)>
= 3
210201014 =
IP Filter Set 2, Rule 1 Act Not
Match
<1(check
next)|2(forward)|3
(drop)>
= 1
<0(none)|1(equal)|
2(not
equal)|3(less)|4(g
reater)>
= 1
/ Menu 21.1.2.2 Filter set #2, rule #2
FIN
FN
PVA
INPUT
210202001 =
IP Filter Set 2, Rule 2 Type
<0(none)|2(TCP/
IP)>
= 2
210202002 =
IP Filter Set 2, Rule 2 Active
<0(No)|1(Yes)>
= 1
210202003 =
IP Filter Set 2, Rule 2 Protocol
= 6
210202004 =
IP Filter Set 2, Rule 2 Dest IP
address
= 0.0.0.0
210202005 =
IP Filter Set 2, Rule 2 Dest
Subnet Mask
= 0
210202006 =
IP Filter Set 2, Rule 2 Dest Port
= 138
210202007 =
IP Filter Set 2, Rule 2 Dest Port
Comp
210202008 =
IP Filter Set 2, Rule 2 Src IP
address
= 0.0.0.0
210202009 =
IP Filter Set 2, Rule 2 Src Subnet
Mask
= 0
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
<0(none)|1(equal)|
2(not
equal)|3(less)|4(g
reater)>
= 1
273
Appendix J Internal SPTGEN
Table 116 Menu 21.1 Filer Set #2, (continued)
210202010 =
IP Filter Set 2,Rule 2 Src Port
= 0
210202011 =
IP Filter Set 2, Rule 2 Src Port
Comp
<0(none)|1(equal)|
2(not
equal)|3(less)|4(g
reater)>
= 0
210202013 =
IP Filter Set 2, Rule 2 Act Match
<1(check
next)|2(forward)|3
(drop)>
= 3
210202014 =
IP Filter Set 2, Rule 2 Act Not
Match
<1(check
next)|2(forward)|3
(drop)>
= 1
PVA
INPUT
Table 117 Menu 23 System Menus
*/ Menu 23.1 System Password Setup
FIN
FN
230000000 =
System Password
= 1234
*/ Menu 23.2 System security: radius server
FIN
FN
PVA
INPUT
230200001 =
Authentication Server Configured
<0(No) | 1(Yes)>
= 1
230200002 =
Authentication Server Active
<0(No) | 1(Yes)>
= 1
230200003 =
Authentication Server IP Address
192.168.1.32
230200004 =
Authentication Server Port
= 1822
230200005 =
Authentication Server Shared
Secret
111111111111
111
111111111111
1111
230200006 =
Accounting Server Configured
<0(No) | 1(Yes)>
= 1
230200007 =
Accounting Server Active
<0(No) | 1(Yes)>
= 1
230200008 =
Accounting Server IP Address
192.168.1.44
230200009 =
Accounting Server Port
= 1823
230200010 =
Accounting Server Shared Secret
= 1234
*/ Menu 23.4 System security: IEEE802.1x
274
FIN
FN
PVA
INPUT
230400001 =
Wireless Port Control
<0(Authentication
Required) |1(No
Access Allowed)
|2(No
Authentication
Required)>
= 2
230400002 =
ReAuthentication Timer (in second)
= 555
230400003 =
Idle Timeout (in second)
= 999
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Appendix J Internal SPTGEN
Table 117 Menu 23 System Menus (continued)
230400004 =
Authentication Databases
<0(Local User
Database Only)
|1(RADIUS Only)
|2(Local,RADIUS)
|3(RADIUS,Local)>
= 1
230400005 =
Key Management Protocol
<0(8021x) |1(WPA)
|2(WPAPSK)>
= 0
230400006 =
Dynamic WEP Key Exchange
<0(Disable) |1(64bit WEP) |2(128-bit
WEP)>
= 0
230400007 =
PSK
230400008 =
WPA Mixed Mode
230400009 =
Data Privacy for Broadcast/
Multicast packets
230400010 =
WPA Broadcast/Multicast Key Update
Timer
<0(Disable)
|1(Enable)>
<0(TKIP) |1(WEP)>
= 0
= 0
= 0
Table 118 Menu 24.11 Remote Management Control
/ Menu 24.11 Remote Management Control
FIN
FN
241100001 =
TELNET Server Port
241100002 =
TELNET Server Access
241100003 =
TELNET Server Secured IP address
= 0.0.0.0
241100004 =
FTP Server Port
= 21
241100005 =
FTP Server Access
241100006 =
FTP Server Secured IP address
= 0.0.0.0
241100007 =
WEB Server Port
= 80
241100008 =
WEB Server Access
241100009 =
WEB Server Secured IP address
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
PVA
INPUT
= 23
<0(all)|1(none)|2(
Lan)|3(Wan)>
<0(all)|1(none)|2(
Lan)|3(Wan)>
<0(all)|1(none)|2(
Lan) |3(Wan)>
= 0
= 0
= 0
= 0.0.0.0
275
Appendix J Internal SPTGEN
Command Examples
The following are example Internal SPTGEN screens associated with the ZyXEL Device’s
command interpreter commands.
Table 119 Command Examples
FIN
FN
PVA
INPUT
/ci command (for annex a): wan adsl opencmd
FIN
FN
PVA
INPUT
990000001 =
ADSL OPMD
<0(glite)|1(t1.413
)|2(gdmt)|3(multim
ode)>
= 3
/ci command (for annex B): wan adsl opencmd
276
FIN
FN
PVA
INPUT
990000001 =
ADSL OPMD
<0(etsi)|1(normal)
|2(gdmt)|3(multimo
de)>
= 3
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
APPENDIX
Legal Information
Copyright
Copyright © 2007 by ZyXEL Communications Corporation.
The contents of this publication may not be reproduced in any part or as a whole, transcribed,
stored in a retrieval system, translated into any language, or transmitted in any form or by any
means, electronic, mechanical, magnetic, optical, chemical, photocopying, manual, or
otherwise, without the prior written permission of ZyXEL Communications Corporation.
Published by ZyXEL Communications Corporation. All rights reserved.
Disclaimer
ZyXEL does not assume any liability arising out of the application or use of any products, or
software described herein. Neither does it convey any license under its patent rights nor the
patent rights of others. ZyXEL further reserves the right to make changes in any products
described herein without notice. This publication is subject to change without notice.
Trademarks
ZyNOS (ZyXEL Network Operating System) is a registered trademark of ZyXEL
Communications, Inc. Other trademarks mentioned in this publication are used for
identification purposes only and may be properties of their respective owners.
Certifications
Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Interference Statement
The device complies with Part 15 of FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following two
conditions:
• This device may not cause harmful interference.
• This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause
undesired operations.
This device has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device
pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable
protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This device generates,
uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy, and if not installed and used in accordance with
the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is
no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
277
Appendix K Legal Information
If this device does cause harmful interference to radio/television reception, which can be
determined by turning the device off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the
interference by one or more of the following measures:
1 Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
2 Increase the separation between the equipment and the receiver.
3 Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the
receiver is connected.
4 Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
FCC Radiation Exposure Statement
• This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna
or transmitter.
• IEEE 802.11b or 802.11g operation of this product in the U.S.A. is firmware-limited to
channels 1 through 11.
ࣹრʳʴ
ࠉᖕʳʳ‫פ܅‬෷ሽंᘿ୴ࢤሽᖲጥ෻ᙄऄ
รԼԲයʳʳᆖী‫ڤ‬ᎁᢞ‫ٽ‬௑հ‫פ܅‬෷୴᙮ሽᖲΔॺᆖ๺‫ױ‬Δֆ‫׹‬Ε೸ᇆࢨࠌ‫ش‬
ृ݁լ൓ᖐ۞᧢‫ޓ‬᙮෷Ε‫ף‬Օ‫פ‬෷ࢨ᧢‫଺ޓ‬๻ૠհ௽ࢤ֗‫פ‬౨Ζ
รԼ؄යʳʳ‫פ܅‬෷୴᙮ሽᖲհࠌ‫ش‬լ൓ᐙ᥼ଆ౰‫ڜ‬٤֗եឫ‫ٽ‬ऄຏॾΙᆖ࿇෼
‫ڶ‬եឫ෼ွழΔᚨ‫ܛم‬ೖ‫ش‬Δࠀ‫ޏ‬࿳۟ྤեឫழֱ൓ᤉᥛࠌ‫ش‬Ζ
ছႈ‫ٽ‬ऄຏॾΔਐࠉሽॾ๵ࡳ‫܂‬ᄐհྤᒵሽॾΖ‫פ܅‬෷୴᙮ሽᖲႊ‫ݴ‬
࠹‫ٽ‬ऄຏॾࢨՠᄐΕઝᖂ֗᠔᛭‫ش‬ሽंᘿ୴ࢤሽᖲ๻ໂհեឫΖʳ
‫ء‬ᖲૻ‫ڇ‬լեឫ‫ٽ‬ऄሽፕፖլ࠹๯եឫঅᎽයٙՀ࣍৛փࠌ‫ش‬Ζʳ
Notices
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance
could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.
This device has been designed for the WLAN 2.4 GHz network throughout the EC region and
Switzerland, with restrictions in France.
This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.
Cet appareil numérique de la classe B est conforme à la norme NMB-003 du Canada.
Viewing Certifications
1 Go to http://www.zyxel.com.
2 Select your product on the ZyXEL home page to go to that product's page.
3 Select the certification you wish to view from this page.
278
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Appendix K Legal Information
ZyXEL Limited Warranty
ZyXEL warrants to the original end user (purchaser) that this product is free from any defects
in materials or workmanship for a period of up to two years from the date of purchase. During
the warranty period, and upon proof of purchase, should the product have indications of failure
due to faulty workmanship and/or materials, ZyXEL will, at its discretion, repair or replace the
defective products or components without charge for either parts or labor, and to whatever
extent it shall deem necessary to restore the product or components to proper operating
condition. Any replacement will consist of a new or re-manufactured functionally equivalent
product of equal or higher value, and will be solely at the discretion of ZyXEL. This warranty
shall not apply if the product has been modified, misused, tampered with, damaged by an act
of God, or subjected to abnormal working conditions.
Note
Repair or replacement, as provided under this warranty, is the exclusive remedy of the
purchaser. This warranty is in lieu of all other warranties, express or implied, including any
implied warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular use or purpose. ZyXEL shall in
no event be held liable for indirect or consequential damages of any kind to the purchaser.
To obtain the services of this warranty, contact ZyXEL's Service Center for your Return
Material Authorization number (RMA). Products must be returned Postage Prepaid. It is
recommended that the unit be insured when shipped. Any returned products without proof of
purchase or those with an out-dated warranty will be repaired or replaced (at the discretion of
ZyXEL) and the customer will be billed for parts and labor. All repaired or replaced products
will be shipped by ZyXEL to the corresponding return address, Postage Paid. This warranty
gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights that vary from country to
country.
Registration
Register your product online to receive e-mail notices of firmware upgrades and information
at www.zyxel.com for global products, or at www.us.zyxel.com for North American products.
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
279
Appendix K Legal Information
280
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
APPENDIX
Customer Support
Please have the following information ready when you contact customer support.
Required Information
•
•
•
•
Product model and serial number.
Warranty Information.
Date that you received your device.
Brief description of the problem and the steps you took to solve it.
Corporate Headquarters (Worldwide)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Support E-mail: support@zyxel.com.tw
Sales E-mail: sales@zyxel.com.tw
Telephone: +886-3-578-3942
Fax: +886-3-578-2439
Web Site: www.zyxel.com, www.europe.zyxel.com
FTP Site: ftp.zyxel.com, ftp.europe.zyxel.com
Regular Mail: ZyXEL Communications Corp., 6 Innovation Road II, Science Park,
Hsinchu 300, Taiwan
Costa Rica
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Support E-mail: soporte@zyxel.co.cr
Sales E-mail: sales@zyxel.co.cr
Telephone: +506-2017878
Fax: +506-2015098
Web Site: www.zyxel.co.cr
FTP Site: ftp.zyxel.co.cr
Regular Mail: ZyXEL Costa Rica, Plaza Roble Escazú, Etapa El Patio, Tercer Piso, San
José, Costa Rica
Czech Republic
•
•
•
•
•
E-mail: info@cz.zyxel.com
Telephone: +420-241-091-350
Fax: +420-241-091-359
Web Site: www.zyxel.cz
Regular Mail: ZyXEL Communications, Czech s.r.o., Modranská 621, 143 01 Praha 4 Modrany, Ceská Republika
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
281
Appendix L Customer Support
Denmark
•
•
•
•
•
•
Support E-mail: support@zyxel.dk
Sales E-mail: sales@zyxel.dk
Telephone: +45-39-55-07-00
Fax: +45-39-55-07-07
Web Site: www.zyxel.dk
Regular Mail: ZyXEL Communications A/S, Columbusvej, 2860 Soeborg, Denmark
Finland
•
•
•
•
•
•
Support E-mail: support@zyxel.fi
Sales E-mail: sales@zyxel.fi
Telephone: +358-9-4780-8411
Fax: +358-9-4780 8448
Web Site: www.zyxel.fi
Regular Mail: ZyXEL Communications Oy, Malminkaari 10, 00700 Helsinki, Finland
France
•
•
•
•
•
E-mail: info@zyxel.fr
Telephone: +33-4-72-52-97-97
Fax: +33-4-72-52-19-20
Web Site: www.zyxel.fr
Regular Mail: ZyXEL France, 1 rue des Vergers, Bat. 1 / C, 69760 Limonest, France
Germany
•
•
•
•
•
•
Support E-mail: support@zyxel.de
Sales E-mail: sales@zyxel.de
Telephone: +49-2405-6909-0
Fax: +49-2405-6909-99
Web Site: www.zyxel.de
Regular Mail: ZyXEL Deutschland GmbH., Adenauerstr. 20/A2 D-52146, Wuerselen,
Germany
Hungary
•
•
•
•
•
•
Support E-mail: support@zyxel.hu
Sales E-mail: info@zyxel.hu
Telephone: +36-1-3361649
Fax: +36-1-3259100
Web Site: www.zyxel.hu
Regular Mail: ZyXEL Hungary, 48, Zoldlomb Str., H-1025, Budapest, Hungary
Kazakhstan
• Support: http://zyxel.kz/support
• Sales E-mail: sales@zyxel.kz
282
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Appendix L Customer Support
•
•
•
•
Telephone: +7-3272-590-698
Fax: +7-3272-590-689
Web Site: www.zyxel.kz
Regular Mail: ZyXEL Kazakhstan, 43, Dostyk ave.,Office 414, Dostyk Business Centre,
050010, Almaty, Republic of Kazakhstan
North America
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Support E-mail: support@zyxel.com
Sales E-mail: sales@zyxel.com
Telephone: +1-800-255-4101, +1-714-632-0882
Fax: +1-714-632-0858
Web Site: www.us.zyxel.com
FTP Site: ftp.us.zyxel.com
Regular Mail: ZyXEL Communications Inc., 1130 N. Miller St., Anaheim, CA 928062001, U.S.A.
Norway
•
•
•
•
•
•
Support E-mail: support@zyxel.no
Sales E-mail: sales@zyxel.no
Telephone: +47-22-80-61-80
Fax: +47-22-80-61-81
Web Site: www.zyxel.no
Regular Mail: ZyXEL Communications A/S, Nils Hansens vei 13, 0667 Oslo, Norway
Poland
•
•
•
•
•
E-mail: info@pl.zyxel.com
Telephone: +48 (22) 333 8250
Fax: +48 (22) 333 8251
Web Site: www.pl.zyxel.com
Regular Mail: ZyXEL Communications, ul. Okrzei 1A, 03-715 Warszawa, Poland
Russia
•
•
•
•
•
•
Support: http://zyxel.ru/support
Sales E-mail: sales@zyxel.ru
Telephone: +7-095-542-89-29
Fax: +7-095-542-89-25
Web Site: www.zyxel.ru
Regular Mail: ZyXEL Russia, Ostrovityanova 37a Str., Moscow, 117279, Russia
Spain
•
•
•
•
Support E-mail: support@zyxel.es
Sales E-mail: sales@zyxel.es
Telephone: +34-902-195-420
Fax: +34-913-005-345
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
283
Appendix L Customer Support
• Web Site: www.zyxel.es
• Regular Mail: ZyXEL Communications, Arte, 21 5ª planta, 28033 Madrid, Spain
Sweden
•
•
•
•
•
•
Support E-mail: support@zyxel.se
Sales E-mail: sales@zyxel.se
Telephone: +46-31-744-7700
Fax: +46-31-744-7701
Web Site: www.zyxel.se
Regular Mail: ZyXEL Communications A/S, Sjöporten 4, 41764 Göteborg, Sweden
Ukraine
•
•
•
•
•
•
Support E-mail: support@ua.zyxel.com
Sales E-mail: sales@ua.zyxel.com
Telephone: +380-44-247-69-78
Fax: +380-44-494-49-32
Web Site: www.ua.zyxel.com
Regular Mail: ZyXEL Ukraine, 13, Pimonenko Str., Kiev, 04050, Ukraine
United Kingdom
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Support E-mail: support@zyxel.co.uk
Sales E-mail: sales@zyxel.co.uk
Telephone: +44-1344 303044, 08707 555779 (UK only)
Fax: +44-1344 303034
Web Site: www.zyxel.co.uk
FTP Site: ftp.zyxel.co.uk
Regular Mail: ZyXEL Communications UK, Ltd.,11 The Courtyard, Eastern Road,
Bracknell, Berkshire, RG12 2XB, United Kingdom (UK)
“+” is the (prefix) number you dial to make an international telephone call.
284
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Index
Index
Numerics
802.11 Mode 85
Access point 73
See also AP.
ActiveX 128
address resolution protocol (ARP) 101
Alert 174
alternative subnet mask notation 215
any IP
note 101
AP 73
See also access point.
AP (Access Point) 241
Asymmetrical routes 122
and IP alias 122
see also triangle routes 122
Backup configuration 189
Bandwidth management 68
application-based 137
classes and priorities 142
monitor 146
overview 137
priority 138
services 139
subnet-based 137
Bandwidth management monitor 48
Basic wireless security 59
BitTorrent 139
BSS 239
CA 245
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Certificate Authority 245
certifications 277
notices 278
viewing 278
Channel 45, 241
Interference 241
channel 73
Channel ID 77
command interface 30
Configuration 188
backup 189
reset the factory defaults 190
restore 189
contact information 281
Content Filtering
Days and Times 127
Restrict Web Features 127
Cookies 128
copyright 277
CPU usage 45
CTS (Clear to Send) 242
customer support 281
Daylight saving 172
DDNS 119
see also Dynamic DNS
DHCP 49, 105
DHCP server
see also Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol
DHCP client information 107
DHCP client list 107
DHCP server 99, 105
DHCP table 49, 107
DHCP client information
DHCP status
Dimensions 203
disclaimer 277
DNS 65, 106
DNS server
see also Domain name system
DNS (Domain Name System) 153
DNS server 106
Domain name 57
285
Index
vs host name. see also system name
Domain Name System 106
duplex setting 46
Dynamic DNS 119
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol 105
Dynamic WEP Key Exchange 246
DynDNS Wildcard 119
EAP Authentication 245
e-mail 88
Encryption 247
encryption 75
and local (user) database 75
key 76
WPA compatible 76
ESS 240
Extended Service Set 240
Extended wireless security 60
Factory LAN defaults 99
FCC interference statement 277
File Transfer Program 139
Firewall 121
Firewall overview
guidelines 122
ICMP packets 124
network security
Stateful inspection 121
ZyXEL device firewall 121
Firmware upload 187
file extension
using HTTP
firmware version 45
Fragmentation Threshold 84, 242
FTP 30, 152
FTP. see also File Transfer Program 139
gateway 134
General wireless LAN screen 77
286
Hidden Node 241
hide SSID 74
HTTP 139
Humidity 203
Hyper Text Transfer Protocol 139
IANA 220
IBSS 239
IEEE 802.11g 243
IGMP 89, 100
see also Internet Group Multicast Protocol
version
IGMP version 89, 100
Independent Basic Service Set 239
Install UPnP 157
Windows Me 157
Windows XP 158
Internal SPTGEN 261
FTP Upload Example 263
Points to Remember 262
Text File 261
Internet Assigned Numbers Authority
See IANA
Internet connection
Ethernet
PPPoE. see also PPP over Ethernet
PPTP
WAN connection
Internet connection wizard 60
Internet Group Multicast Protocol 89, 100
IP Address 102, 111
IP address 65
dynamic
IP alias 102
IP packet transmission 100
Broadcast
Multicast
Unicast
IP Pool 105
Java 128
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Index
LAN 99
IP pool setup 99
LAN overview 99
LAN Setup 89
LAN setup 99
LAN TCP/IP 99
Link type 46
local (user) database 74
and encryption 75
Local Area Network 99
Log 173
navigation panel 46
NetBIOS 98, 104
see also Network Basic Input/Output System 98
Network Address Translation 109, 111
Network Basic Input/Output System 104
Operating Channel 45
Output Power 84
MAC 83
MAC address 74, 89
cloning 67, 89
MAC address filter 74
MAC address filtering 83
action 83
MAC filter 83
managing the device
good habits 30
using FTP. See FTP.
using Telnet. See command interface.
using the command interface. See command
interface.
using the web configurator. See web configurator.
Media access control 83
Memory usage 45
Metric 135
MSN messenger 139
MSN Webcam 139
Multicast 89, 100
IGMP 89, 100
P2P 139
peer-to-peer 139
Point-to-Point Protocol over Ethernet 61, 92
Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol 62, 94
Pool Size 105
Port forwarding 109, 111
default server 109
example 110
local server 111
port numbers
services
port speed 46
Power Specification 203
PPPoE 61, 92
benefits 62
dial-up connection
see also Point-to-Point Protocol over Ethernet 61
PPTP 62, 94
see also Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol 62
Preamble Mode 243
Pre-Shared Key 80
priorities 76
Private 135
product registration 279
NAT 109, 111, 220
overview 109
port forwarding 109
see also Network Address Translation
server sets 109
NAT session 116
NAT Traversal 155
Navigation Panel 46
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
QoS 76
QoS priorities 76
Quality of Service (QoS) 85
287
Index
RADIUS 244
Shared Secret Key 245
RADIUS Message Types 244
RADIUS Messages 244
RADIUS server 74
registration
product 279
related documentation 3
Remote management 149
and NAT 150
and the firewall 149
FTP 152
limitations 150
remote management session 149
system timeout 150
Reset button 43, 190
Reset the device 43
Restore configuration 189
Restrict Web Features 128
RF (Radio Frequency) 204
RoadRunner 91
Roaming 84
RTS (Request To Send) 242
RTS Threshold 241, 242
RTS/CTS Threshold 84
safety warnings 6
Security Parameters 249
Service and port numbers 140
Service Set 77
Service Set IDentification 77
Service Set IDentity. See SSID.
services
and port numbers 257
and protocols 257
Session Initiated Protocol 139
Simple Mail Transfer Protocol 176
SIP 139
SMTP 176
SNMP 122
SSID 45, 73, 77
hide 74
Static DHCP 106
Static Route 133
Static route
288
and remote node
overview
Status 43
subnet 213
Subnet Mask 102
subnet mask 65, 214
subnetting 216
Summary 48
Bandwidth management monitor 48
DHCP table 49
Packet statistics 50
Wireless station status 50
syntax conventions 4
System General Setup 169
System Name 170
System name 56
vs computer name
System Parameter Table Generator 261
System restart 190
TCP/IP configuration 105
Telnet 151
Temperature 203
Text File Format 261
Time setting 170
trademarks 277
Triangle routes
and IP alias 122
see also asymmetrical routes 122
trigger port 114
Trigger port forwarding 114
example 114
process 114
Universal Plug and Play 155
Application 155
UPnP 155
Forum 156
security issues 155
URL Keyword Blocking 128
Use Authentication 247
user authentication 74
local (user) database 74
RADIUS server 74
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Index
weaknesses 75
User Name 120
VoIP 139
VPN 94
WAN
IP address assignment 64
WAN advanced 97
WAN IP address 64
WAN IP address assignment 66
WAN MAC address 89
warranty 279
note 279
Web Configurator
how to access 41
Overview 41
Web configurator
navigating 43
web configurator 30
Web Proxy 128
WEP Encryption 79
WEP encryption 78
WEP key 78
Wi-Fi Multimedia QoS 76
Wildcard 119
Windows Networking 104
Wireless association list 50
wireless client 73
Wireless LAN wizard 57
Wireless network
basic guidelines 73
channel 73
encryption 75
example 73
MAC address filter 74
overview 73
security 74
SSID 73
Wireless security 74
overview 74
type 74
Wireless tutorial 33
Wizard setup 55
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide
Bandwidth management 68
complete 69
Internet connection 60
system information 56
wireless LAN 57
WLAN
Interference 241
Security Parameters 249
WMM 76
WMM priorities 76
World Wide Web 139
WPA compatible 76
WPA, WPA2 246
WWW 88, 139
Xbox Live 139
ZyNOS 45
289
Index
290
ZyXEL NBG-334SH User’s Guide

Source Exif Data:
File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.3
Linearized                      : No
Encryption                      : Standard V1.2 (40-bit)
User Access                     : Print, Fill forms, Extract, Assemble, Print high-res
Create Date                     : 2007:01:19 14:47:06+08:00
Modify Date                     : 2007:01:19 14:47:06+08:00
Page Count                      : 290
Creation Date                   : 2007:01:19 06:47:06Z
Mod Date                        : 2007:01:19 06:47:06Z
Producer                        : Acrobat Distiller 5.0.5 (Windows)
Metadata Date                   : 2007:01:19 06:47:06Z
EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools
FCC ID Filing: I88NBG334SH

Navigation menu